1 #LyX 2.0.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
52 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
53 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
55 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
57 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
58 \use_default_options false
63 \font_typewriter default
64 \font_default_family default
72 \default_output_format default
73 \bibtex_command default
74 \index_command default
78 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
79 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
83 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
84 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
85 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
90 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
91 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
100 \paperorientation portrait
118 \paragraph_separation indent
119 \paragraph_indentation default
120 \quotes_language english
123 \paperpagestyle default
124 \tracking_changes false
125 \output_changes false
139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
141 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
143 \begin_inset CommandInset href
145 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
156 \begin_inset Newline newline
160 \begin_inset Newline newline
164 \begin_inset Note Note
167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
168 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
169 \begin_inset Newline newline
174 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
182 \begin_layout Standard
183 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
184 LatexCommand tableofcontents
191 \begin_layout Chapter
195 \begin_layout Section
199 \begin_layout Standard
200 LyX is a document preparation system.
201 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
202 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
203 It is unlike most other
204 \begin_inset Quotes eld
208 \begin_inset Quotes erd
211 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
213 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
214 \begin_inset Quotes eld
218 \begin_inset Quotes erd
222 \begin_inset Quotes eld
226 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
229 pt type, left justified, 5
230 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
238 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
242 \begin_layout Standard
243 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
256 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
260 \begin_layout Standard
262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
273 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
274 the format of all of the manuals.
275 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
276 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
279 \begin_inset Quotes eld
287 \begin_inset Quotes erd
293 \begin_layout Section
297 \begin_layout Standard
298 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
300 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
301 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
305 \begin_layout Standard
306 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
307 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
308 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
310 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
311 only a vertical scrollbar.
312 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
313 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
314 This, however, is due
315 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
316 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
317 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
318 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
320 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
321 this doesn't work for equations yet.
324 \begin_layout Standard
325 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
331 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
333 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
338 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
339 ing sections of this documentation.
342 \begin_layout Section
346 \begin_layout Standard
347 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
352 of the manuals from inside LyX.
353 Just select the manual you want read from the
360 \begin_layout Section
362 \begin_inset CommandInset label
364 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
371 \begin_layout Standard
372 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
373 without resorting to configuration files.
374 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
375 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
376 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
381 \begin_inset Index idx
384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
391 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
392 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
393 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
397 \begin_inset space \space{}
400 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
401 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
403 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
407 \begin_inset Index idx
410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
411 Reconfiguration of LyX
416 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
419 \begin_layout Section
421 \begin_inset CommandInset label
423 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
430 \begin_layout Standard
431 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
432 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
455 that will be created when using the menu
457 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
476 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
477 \begin_inset Note Note
480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
481 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
486 \begin_inset Quotes erd
489 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
490 More about TeX Code is described in section
495 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
497 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
501 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
506 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
508 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
518 \begin_inset Index idx
521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
522 Reconfiguration of LyX
530 \begin_layout Chapter
534 \begin_layout Section
535 Basic File Operations
536 \begin_inset Index idx
539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
548 \begin_layout Standard
553 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
554 in addition to some more advanced operations:
557 \begin_layout Itemize
561 \begin_inset Graphics
562 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
563 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
570 \begin_layout Itemize
588 \begin_layout Itemize
594 \begin_inset Graphics
595 filename ../images/file-open.png
596 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
603 \begin_layout Itemize
609 \begin_layout Itemize
615 \begin_inset Graphics
616 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
617 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
624 \begin_layout Itemize
634 \begin_layout Itemize
648 \begin_layout Itemize
658 \begin_layout Itemize
664 \begin_layout Itemize
670 \begin_layout Itemize
676 \begin_inset Graphics
677 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
678 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
685 \begin_layout Itemize
691 \begin_layout Standard
692 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
693 a few minor differences.
696 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
711 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
712 you for a template to use.
713 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
714 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
715 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
721 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
723 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
730 \begin_layout Standard
732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
748 \begin_inset Quotes eld
752 \begin_inset Quotes erd
755 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
756 space is just that — a big, blank space.
759 \begin_layout Standard
780 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
785 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
810 will reload the document from disk.
811 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
812 and want to restore it to the last save.
821 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
822 can identify them as your changes.
825 \begin_layout Section
826 Basic Editing Features
827 \begin_inset Index idx
830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
837 \begin_inset CommandInset label
839 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
846 \begin_layout Standard
847 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
848 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
849 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
850 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
852 We'll start with cut and paste.
855 \begin_layout Standard
856 As you might expect, the
860 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
861 various other editing features.
862 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
866 \begin_layout Itemize
872 \begin_inset Graphics
873 filename ../images/cut.png
874 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
881 \begin_layout Itemize
887 \begin_inset Graphics
888 filename ../images/copy.png
889 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
896 \begin_layout Itemize
902 \begin_inset Graphics
903 filename ../images/paste.png
904 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
911 \begin_layout Itemize
921 \begin_layout Itemize
931 \begin_layout Itemize
945 \begin_inset Graphics
946 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
947 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
955 \begin_layout Standard
956 The first three are self-explanatory.
957 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
958 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
967 keys also functions as the
972 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
973 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
978 to get back the lost text.
981 \begin_layout Standard
982 \begin_inset Index idx
985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
991 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1000 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1003 \begin_layout Standard
1006 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1008 \begin_inset space ~
1011 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1013 \begin_inset space ~
1017 \begin_inset space ~
1022 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1028 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1032 \begin_inset space ~
1037 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1038 will start a new paragraph.
1041 \begin_layout Standard
1042 \begin_inset Index idx
1045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1052 \begin_inset Index idx
1055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1063 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1065 \begin_inset space ~
1069 \begin_inset space ~
1077 \begin_inset space ~
1081 \begin_inset space ~
1087 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1092 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1095 \begin_inset space ~
1104 \begin_inset space ~
1109 button to skip the current word.
1113 \begin_inset space ~
1118 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1122 \begin_inset space ~
1127 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1129 If the toggle is set, searching for
1130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1141 will not match the word
1142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1156 Match whole words only
1158 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
1159 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1171 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1189 \begin_layout Standard
1190 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1191 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1193 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1198 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1205 \begin_layout Section
1207 \begin_inset Index idx
1210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1217 \begin_inset Index idx
1220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1227 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1229 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1236 \begin_layout Standard
1237 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1238 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1241 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1244 or the toolbar button
1245 \begin_inset Graphics
1246 filename ../images/undo.png
1247 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1251 to undo some mistake.
1252 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1254 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1257 or the toolbar button
1258 \begin_inset Graphics
1259 filename ../images/redo.png
1260 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1265 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1269 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1272 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1273 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1276 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1279 \begin_layout Standard
1280 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1289 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1290 This is a consequence of the 100
1291 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1294 step undo limit, above.
1297 \begin_layout Standard
1306 work on almost everything in LyX.
1307 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1311 \begin_layout Section
1313 \begin_inset Index idx
1316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1325 \begin_layout Standard
1326 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1329 \begin_layout Enumerate
1334 \begin_layout Itemize
1339 once anywhere in the edit window.
1340 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1344 \begin_layout Enumerate
1349 \begin_layout Itemize
1355 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1358 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1361 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1364 \begin_layout Itemize
1365 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1367 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1374 \begin_layout Enumerate
1375 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1379 \begin_layout Standard
1380 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1381 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1385 \begin_layout Enumerate
1390 \begin_layout Standard
1395 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1400 \begin_layout Section
1402 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1404 name "sec:Navigating"
1409 \begin_inset Index idx
1412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1421 \begin_layout Standard
1422 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1425 \begin_layout Itemize
1430 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1431 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1434 \begin_layout Itemize
1437 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1440 or the toolbar button
1441 \begin_inset Graphics
1442 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1443 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1450 \begin_layout Standard
1451 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1452 (TOC) that is described in section
1453 \begin_inset space ~
1457 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1459 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1464 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1465 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1466 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1467 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1468 to the document, see section
1469 \begin_inset space ~
1473 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1475 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1484 option sorts the current list, and the
1488 option keeps it in the current view state.
1489 Keeping means that when you have e.
1490 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1494 \begin_inset space \space{}
1497 the subsections of section
1498 \begin_inset space ~
1501 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1502 \begin_inset space ~
1505 3, the subsections of section
1506 \begin_inset space ~
1509 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1514 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1515 \begin_inset space ~
1521 \begin_layout Standard
1523 \begin_inset space \space{}
1527 \begin_inset Graphics
1528 filename ../images/down.png
1529 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1534 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1539 \begin_inset space \space{}
1543 \begin_inset Graphics
1544 filename ../images/up.png
1545 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1550 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1554 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1556 So you can for example move section
1557 \begin_inset space ~
1561 \begin_inset space ~
1565 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1567 \begin_inset Graphics
1568 filename ../images/promote.png
1569 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1574 \begin_inset Graphics
1575 filename ../images/demote.png
1576 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1580 or the corresponding key bindings
1588 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1589 So you can for example make section
1590 \begin_inset space ~
1594 \begin_inset space ~
1598 \begin_inset space ~
1604 \begin_layout Standard
1606 \begin_inset Graphics
1607 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
1608 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
1613 jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1614 This is for example useful when you have a large document and navigated
1615 or scrolled to another document part to look for something, and want to
1616 go back to your last editing position.
1619 \begin_layout Section
1621 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1625 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1629 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1631 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1636 \begin_inset Index idx
1639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1646 \begin_inset Index idx
1649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1680 \begin_layout Standard
1681 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1683 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1684 is used to propose completions.
1687 \begin_layout Standard
1688 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1689 there are completions available.
1690 You can then press the
1694 key to use this completion.
1695 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1696 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1697 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1704 \begin_layout Standard
1705 In the preferences dialog, that is opened with the menu
1707 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1710 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1712 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1715 by deselecting the option
1722 Automatic inline completion
1724 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1725 To accept this proposal, use the
1734 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1735 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1737 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1741 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1743 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1750 \begin_layout Section
1752 \begin_inset Index idx
1755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1762 \begin_inset Index idx
1765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1794 \begin_inset Index idx
1797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1828 \begin_layout Standard
1829 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1830 LyX's default is CUA.
1833 \begin_layout Standard
1837 \begin_inset space ~
1845 \begin_inset space ~
1866 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1870 \begin_layout Labeling
1871 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1875 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1876 LatexCommand nomenclature
1878 description "Tabulator key"
1884 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1885 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1886 \begin_inset space ~
1890 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1892 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1897 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1899 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1903 , especially section
1904 \begin_inset space ~
1908 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1910 reference "sub:Lists"
1916 If you're still confused, look in the
1923 \begin_layout Labeling
1924 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1928 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1929 LatexCommand nomenclature
1931 description "Escape key"
1938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1945 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1946 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1949 \begin_layout Labeling
1950 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1956 \begin_inset space ~
1960 \begin_inset space ~
1967 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1968 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1972 \begin_layout Standard
1973 There are three modifier keys:
1976 \begin_layout Labeling
1977 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1983 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1991 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1995 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1996 LatexCommand nomenclature
1998 description "Control key"
2002 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2003 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2007 \begin_layout Itemize
2016 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2019 \begin_layout Itemize
2028 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2031 \begin_layout Itemize
2040 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2044 \begin_layout Labeling
2045 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2063 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2064 LatexCommand nomenclature
2066 description "Shift key"
2070 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2071 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2074 \begin_layout Labeling
2075 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2081 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2093 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2094 LatexCommand nomenclature
2096 description "Alt or Meta key"
2100 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2101 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2102 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2108 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2110 menu accelerator keys
2113 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2114 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2118 \begin_layout Standard
2119 For example, the sequence
2120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2126 \begin_inset space ~
2130 \begin_inset space ~
2136 \begin_inset space ~
2144 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2152 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2163 \begin_inset space ~
2169 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2179 \begin_layout Standard
2184 manual lists all other things bound to the
2192 \begin_layout Standard
2193 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2194 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2195 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2196 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2197 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2198 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2199 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2200 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2216 followed by a capital
2223 \begin_layout Standard
2224 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2226 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2231 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2234 as explained in sec.
2235 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2239 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2241 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2248 \begin_layout Chapter
2250 \begin_inset Index idx
2253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2262 \begin_layout Section
2264 \begin_inset Index idx
2267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2276 \begin_layout Subsection
2280 \begin_layout Standard
2281 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2282 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2283 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2284 numbering schemes, and so on.
2285 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2286 and format the title of your document differently.
2289 \begin_layout Standard
2294 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2295 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2296 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2297 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2298 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2301 \begin_layout Standard
2302 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2303 how to adjust their properties.
2306 \begin_layout Subsection
2308 \begin_inset Index idx
2311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2318 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2320 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2327 \begin_layout Standard
2328 You can select a class using the
2330 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2332 \begin_inset Index idx
2335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2344 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2348 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2352 \begin_layout Standard
2353 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2357 \begin_layout Description
2358 Article for basic articles
2361 \begin_layout Description
2362 Report for basic reports
2365 \begin_layout Description
2366 Book for writing a book
2369 \begin_layout Description
2370 Letter for US-style letters
2373 \begin_layout Standard
2374 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2376 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2377 can be found in chapter
2379 Special Document Classes
2388 \begin_layout Description
2389 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2392 \begin_layout Description
2399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2408 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2412 \begin_layout Description
2413 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2414 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2415 There are three article layouts available.
2416 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2417 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2418 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2419 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2424 sequential numbering
2425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2428 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2429 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2430 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2431 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2434 \begin_layout Description
2435 Beamer Layout for presentations
2438 \begin_layout Description
2439 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2440 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2444 \begin_layout Description
2446 \begin_inset space ~
2449 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2452 \begin_layout Description
2453 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2456 \begin_layout Description
2459 Die TeXnische Komödie
2461 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2464 \begin_layout Description
2465 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2468 \begin_layout Description
2469 Foils Used to make transparencies
2472 \begin_layout Description
2473 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2476 \begin_layout Description
2477 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2478 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2482 \begin_layout Description
2483 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2484 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2487 \begin_layout Description
2488 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2491 \begin_layout Description
2492 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2495 \begin_layout Description
2496 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2497 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2500 \begin_layout Description
2501 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2504 \begin_layout Description
2509 LaTeX document class
2512 \begin_layout Description
2513 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2516 \begin_layout Description
2521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2528 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2529 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2531 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2534 \begin_layout Description
2535 Slides Used to make transparencies
2538 \begin_layout Description
2540 \begin_inset space ~
2543 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2544 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2547 \begin_layout Description
2548 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2551 \begin_layout Description
2556 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2559 \begin_layout Standard
2560 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2562 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2567 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2568 of the document classes.
2571 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2573 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2580 \begin_inset Index idx
2583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2592 \begin_layout Standard
2593 Modules load additional features to a document that are not by default available
2594 in the chosen document class.
2595 For example you might want to use write Braille (embossed printing) in
2597 This is of course not available in any document class, so you have to load
2598 the corresponding module in the
2604 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2608 \begin_inset Index idx
2611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2618 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2622 \begin_layout Standard
2623 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2631 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2632 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2640 \begin_layout Standard
2641 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2649 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2657 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2661 \begin_layout Standard
2662 Each class has a default set of options.
2663 Here's a quick table describing them:
2666 \begin_layout Standard
2667 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2673 \begin_layout Standard
2675 \begin_inset Tabular
2676 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2677 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2678 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2679 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2680 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2681 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2682 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3136 \begin_layout Standard
3137 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3143 \begin_layout Standard
3144 You're probably also wondering what
3145 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3149 \begin_inset space ~
3153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3157 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3158 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3163 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3168 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3178 headings, there are also
3186 headings, and so on.
3187 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3188 \begin_inset space ~
3192 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3194 reference "sub:Headings"
3201 \begin_layout Subsection
3203 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3205 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3210 \begin_inset Index idx
3213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3222 \begin_inset Index idx
3225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3234 \begin_layout Standard
3235 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3237 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3248 \begin_inset space ~
3253 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3255 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3256 to use for your document.
3257 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3261 \begin_layout Standard
3268 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3274 \begin_inset space ~
3279 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3280 You can choose between the following five options:
3283 \begin_layout Labeling
3284 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3289 Use default page style of current class.
3292 \begin_layout Labeling
3293 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3298 No page numbers or headings.
3301 \begin_layout Labeling
3302 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3310 \begin_layout Labeling
3311 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3316 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3317 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3318 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3321 \begin_layout Labeling
3322 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3327 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3333 \begin_inset Index idx
3336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3337 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3343 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3344 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3346 Check the documentation for the
3350 package for more details,
3351 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3360 \begin_layout Standard
3365 of paragraphs is described in section
3366 \begin_inset space ~
3370 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3372 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3379 \begin_layout Subsection
3380 Paper Size and Orientation
3381 \begin_inset Index idx
3384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3385 Document ! Paper size
3391 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3393 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3400 \begin_layout Standard
3401 You'll find the following options in the menu
3404 \begin_inset space ~
3409 of the dialog of the
3411 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3417 \begin_inset Index idx
3420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3429 \begin_layout Labeling
3430 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3434 \begin_inset space ~
3439 What size paper to print on.
3443 \begin_layout Itemize
3449 \begin_layout Itemize
3459 \begin_layout Itemize
3465 \begin_layout Itemize
3471 \begin_layout Itemize
3477 \begin_layout Itemize
3483 \begin_layout Itemize
3489 \begin_layout Labeling
3490 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3495 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3506 \begin_layout Labeling
3507 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3511 \begin_inset space ~
3516 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3517 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3520 \begin_layout Subsection
3522 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3529 \begin_inset Index idx
3532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3539 \begin_inset Index idx
3542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3551 \begin_layout Standard
3552 Paper margins are set in the menu
3554 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3558 \begin_inset Index idx
3561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3570 \begin_layout Standard
3571 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3572 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3573 the paper format and the font size into account.
3576 \begin_layout Subsection
3580 \begin_layout Standard
3581 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3586 That includes the paragraph environments.
3587 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3588 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3589 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3590 paragraph environments to
3594 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3595 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3596 the conversion and why it failed.
3599 \begin_layout Section
3600 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3601 \begin_inset Index idx
3604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3605 Paragraph ! Indentation
3613 \begin_layout Subsection
3615 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3617 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3624 \begin_layout Standard
3625 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3626 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3629 \begin_layout Standard
3630 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3631 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3632 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3633 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3637 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3643 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3644 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3645 language than English.
3646 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3649 \begin_layout Standard
3650 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3651 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3653 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3654 LyX takes care of that.
3655 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3657 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3658 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3659 of a page, and so on.
3663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3664 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3669 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3670 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3674 of these pre-coded spacings.
3675 We'll explain more later.
3678 \begin_layout Subsection
3679 Paragraph Separation
3680 \begin_inset Index idx
3683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3684 Paragraph ! Separation
3692 \begin_layout Standard
3693 To separate paragraphs, select
3704 \begin_inset space ~
3711 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3715 \begin_inset Index idx
3718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3724 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3725 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3726 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3729 \begin_layout Standard
3739 \begin_layout Standard
3740 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3741 \begin_inset space ~
3745 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3747 reference "cap:Units"
3752 The default length is 30
3753 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3759 \begin_layout Subsection
3763 \begin_layout Standard
3764 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3767 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3769 \begin_inset space ~
3774 dialog and toggle the
3777 \begin_inset space ~
3782 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
3785 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
3789 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3790 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3794 \begin_layout Standard
3795 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3796 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3799 \begin_layout Subsection
3801 \begin_inset Index idx
3804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3805 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3813 \begin_layout Standard
3816 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3820 \begin_inset Index idx
3823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3832 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3835 \begin_inset space ~
3844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3845 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3850 \begin_inset Index idx
3853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3854 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3859 installed to use this feature.
3867 \begin_layout Section
3868 Paragraph Environments
3869 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3871 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3876 \begin_inset Index idx
3879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3880 Paragraph ! Environments
3886 \begin_inset Index idx
3889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3890 Paragraph environments|(
3898 \begin_layout Subsection
3902 \begin_layout Standard
3903 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3906 \begin_layout Standard
3925 \begin_inset Newline newline
3928 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3929 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3930 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3939 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3942 \begin_layout Standard
3943 A paragraph environment is simply a
3944 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3948 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3951 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3952 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3953 scheme, labels, and so on.
3954 Additionally, you can
3955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3959 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3962 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3963 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3964 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3965 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3966 days of typewriters.
3967 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3969 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3972 \begin_layout Standard
3973 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3974 \begin_inset Graphics
3975 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3981 at the left end of the toolbar.
3982 LyX will change the environment of the
3986 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3987 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3988 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3992 \begin_layout Standard
4001 create a new paragraph using the
4005 paragraph environment.
4007 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4011 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4014 because if you are in one of these environments:
4017 \begin_layout Itemize
4023 \begin_layout Itemize
4029 \begin_layout Itemize
4035 \begin_layout Itemize
4041 \begin_layout Itemize
4047 \begin_layout Itemize
4053 \begin_layout Itemize
4059 \begin_layout Standard
4060 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4064 , rather than resetting it to
4069 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4070 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4071 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4072 \begin_inset space ~
4076 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4078 reference "sec:Nesting"
4083 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4088 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4089 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4093 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4099 \begin_layout Subsection
4103 \begin_layout Standard
4104 The default paragraph environment is
4109 It creates a plain paragraph.
4110 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4111 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4112 this manual) are in the
4119 \begin_layout Standard
4120 You can nest a paragraph using the
4124 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4132 \begin_layout Subsection
4134 \begin_inset Index idx
4137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4146 \begin_layout Standard
4147 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4156 for thanks or contact information.
4157 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4158 page along with today's date.
4159 For other types of documents, the title
4160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4167 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4171 \begin_layout Standard
4172 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4186 Here's how you use them:
4189 \begin_layout Itemize
4190 Put the title of your document in the
4197 \begin_layout Itemize
4198 Put the author name in the
4205 \begin_layout Itemize
4206 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4207 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4213 Note that using this environment is optional.
4214 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4215 If you don't want any date, add the line
4216 \begin_inset Newline newline
4226 \begin_inset Newline newline
4229 to the preamble of your document (menu
4231 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4237 \begin_layout Standard
4238 You can use footnotes to insert
4239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4246 or contact information.
4249 \begin_layout Subsection
4251 \begin_inset Index idx
4254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4261 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4270 \begin_layout Standard
4271 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4272 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4275 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4277 \begin_inset Index idx
4280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4281 Section headings ! Numbered
4289 \begin_layout Standard
4290 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4294 \begin_layout Enumerate
4300 \begin_layout Enumerate
4306 \begin_layout Enumerate
4312 \begin_layout Enumerate
4318 \begin_layout Enumerate
4324 \begin_layout Enumerate
4330 \begin_layout Enumerate
4336 \begin_layout Standard
4337 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4338 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4339 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4342 \begin_layout Standard
4343 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4344 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4345 You group the book into chapters.
4346 LyX does similar grouping:
4349 \begin_layout Itemize
4354 is divided in either
4365 \begin_layout Itemize
4377 \begin_layout Itemize
4389 \begin_layout Itemize
4401 \begin_layout Itemize
4413 \begin_layout Itemize
4425 \begin_layout Standard
4426 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4434 Not all document types use the
4438 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4443 is the top-level heading.
4451 \begin_layout Standard
4456 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4457 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4459 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4471 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4473 \begin_inset Index idx
4476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4477 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4485 \begin_layout Standard
4486 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4490 \begin_layout Enumerate
4496 \begin_layout Enumerate
4502 \begin_layout Enumerate
4508 \begin_layout Enumerate
4514 \begin_layout Enumerate
4520 \begin_layout Standard
4522 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4526 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4529 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4530 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4531 table of contents, see section
4532 \begin_inset space ~
4536 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4545 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4546 Changing the Numbering
4547 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4549 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4556 \begin_layout Standard
4557 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4558 in the Table of Contents.
4559 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4561 Certain classes start with
4575 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4585 This is something you can change.
4588 \begin_layout Standard
4591 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4597 \begin_inset Index idx
4600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4611 \begin_inset space ~
4615 \begin_inset space ~
4620 you'll see two counters.
4625 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4627 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4631 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4632 Short Titles of Headings
4633 \begin_inset Index idx
4636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4637 Section headings ! Short titles
4646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4653 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4655 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4662 \begin_layout Standard
4663 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4664 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4665 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4666 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4669 \begin_layout Standard
4670 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4671 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4672 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4673 To specify a short title, use the menu
4675 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4677 \begin_inset space ~
4683 This will insert a box labeled
4684 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4688 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4692 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4699 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4700 This also works for captions inside floats.
4703 \begin_layout Standard
4704 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4707 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4711 \begin_layout Standard
4712 The following information applies to all section headings:
4715 \begin_layout Itemize
4716 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4719 \begin_layout Itemize
4720 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4723 \begin_layout Itemize
4724 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4727 \begin_layout Itemize
4728 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4731 \begin_layout Subsection
4732 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4735 \begin_layout Standard
4736 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4750 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4751 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4752 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4753 the text they contain.
4754 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4762 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4765 \begin_layout Standard
4766 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4775 when you start a new paragraph.
4776 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4780 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4781 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4782 to change back to the
4786 environment yourself.
4789 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4799 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4806 \begin_inset Index idx
4809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4818 \begin_layout Standard
4819 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4820 time for the differences.
4829 are identical except for one difference:
4833 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4842 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4845 \begin_layout Standard
4846 Here's an example of the
4859 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4861 See – no indentation!
4865 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4866 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4867 the other paragraph.
4870 \begin_layout Standard
4871 Here's another example, this time in the
4878 \begin_layout Quotation
4884 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4885 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4886 the first line, then
4890 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4894 you were quoting other text.
4897 \begin_layout Quotation
4898 Here's a new paragraph.
4899 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4900 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4903 \begin_layout Standard
4904 As the examples show,
4908 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4909 They should put quotes in the
4914 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4918 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4921 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4927 \begin_inset Index idx
4930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4939 \begin_inset Index idx
4942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4949 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4958 \begin_layout Standard
4963 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4969 \begin_inset Newline newline
4972 Which I did not rehearse!
4976 It could be much worse.
4977 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4979 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4980 indented a bit more than the first.
4981 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4987 \begin_inset Newline newline
4990 And make things look fine
4991 \begin_inset Newline newline
4997 arg "newline-insert newline"
5003 \begin_layout Standard
5008 does not indent both margins.
5009 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5010 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5017 arg "newline-insert newline"
5023 \begin_layout Subsection
5025 \begin_inset Index idx
5028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5035 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5044 \begin_layout Standard
5045 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5055 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5064 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5065 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5066 some general features of all four of them.
5069 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5073 \begin_layout Standard
5074 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5076 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5085 reset the environment to
5089 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5090 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5091 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5095 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5098 to break paragraphs.
5101 \begin_layout Standard
5102 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5103 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5105 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5106 you read all of section
5107 \begin_inset space ~
5111 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5113 reference "sec:Nesting"
5121 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5127 \begin_inset Index idx
5130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5137 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5146 \begin_layout Standard
5147 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5151 paragraph environment.
5152 It has the following properties:
5155 \begin_layout Itemize
5156 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5160 \begin_layout Itemize
5161 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5164 \begin_layout Itemize
5165 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5169 \begin_layout Itemize
5170 The items can have any length.
5171 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5172 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5179 \begin_layout Itemize
5184 environment inside another
5188 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5192 \begin_layout Itemize
5193 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5196 \begin_layout Itemize
5197 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5200 \begin_layout Itemize
5202 \begin_inset space ~
5206 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5208 reference "sec:Nesting"
5212 for a full explanation of nesting.
5216 \begin_layout Standard
5217 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5226 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5229 \begin_layout Standard
5230 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5231 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5234 \begin_layout Itemize
5235 The label for the first level
5239 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5243 \begin_layout Itemize
5244 The label for the second level is a dash.
5248 \begin_layout Itemize
5249 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5253 \begin_layout Itemize
5254 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5258 \begin_layout Itemize
5259 Back out to the third level.
5263 \begin_layout Itemize
5264 Back to the second level.
5268 \begin_layout Itemize
5269 Back to the outermost level.
5272 \begin_layout Standard
5273 These are the default labels for an
5278 You can customize these labels in the
5280 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5283 dialog in the submenu
5290 \begin_inset Index idx
5293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5302 \begin_layout Standard
5303 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5304 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5306 \begin_inset space ~
5310 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5312 reference "sec:Nesting"
5319 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5325 \begin_inset Index idx
5328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5335 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5337 name "sec:Enumerate"
5344 \begin_layout Standard
5349 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5350 It has these properties:
5353 \begin_layout Enumerate
5354 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5358 \begin_layout Enumerate
5359 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5363 \begin_layout Enumerate
5364 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5367 \begin_layout Enumerate
5372 environment resets the counter to one.
5375 \begin_layout Enumerate
5388 \begin_layout Enumerate
5389 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5390 Items can have any length.
5393 \begin_layout Enumerate
5394 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5397 \begin_layout Enumerate
5398 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5401 \begin_layout Enumerate
5402 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5406 \begin_layout Standard
5415 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5416 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5423 \begin_layout Enumerate
5424 The first level of an
5428 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5432 \begin_layout Enumerate
5433 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5437 \begin_layout Enumerate
5438 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5442 \begin_layout Enumerate
5443 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5446 \begin_layout Enumerate
5447 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5452 \begin_layout Enumerate
5453 Back to the third level
5457 \begin_layout Enumerate
5458 Back to the second level.
5462 \begin_layout Enumerate
5463 Back to the outermost level.
5466 \begin_layout Standard
5467 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5472 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5477 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5481 \begin_layout Standard
5482 There is more to nesting
5486 environments than we've stated here.
5487 You should read section
5488 \begin_inset space ~
5492 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5494 reference "sec:Nesting"
5498 to learn more about nesting.
5501 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5507 \begin_inset Index idx
5510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5519 \begin_layout Standard
5520 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5524 list has no fixed label.
5525 Instead, LyX uses the first
5526 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5530 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5533 of the first line as the label.
5537 \begin_layout Description
5538 Example: This is an example of the
5545 \begin_layout Standard
5546 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5550 \begin_layout Standard
5552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5559 it is meant that the first hit of the
5563 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5565 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5573 arg "space-insert protected"
5578 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5579 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5581 \begin_inset space ~
5587 \begin_inset space ~
5591 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5593 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5597 for more info.) Here is an example:
5600 \begin_layout Description
5602 \begin_inset space ~
5605 Example: This one shows how to use a
5608 \begin_inset space ~
5620 \begin_layout Description
5621 Usage: You should use the
5625 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5626 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5628 It's not a good idea to use a
5632 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5633 You're better off using
5645 paragraphs into them.
5648 \begin_layout Description
5649 Nesting: You can nest
5653 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5657 \begin_layout Standard
5658 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5659 them from the first line.
5662 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5668 \begin_inset Index idx
5671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5680 \begin_layout Standard
5685 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5688 \begin_layout Standard
5689 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5697 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5702 environment is named
5714 \begin_layout Standard
5723 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5724 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5727 \begin_layout Labeling
5728 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5730 \begin_inset space ~
5733 labels LyX uses the first
5734 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5741 of each line as the item label.
5746 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5747 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5748 blank as described above.
5751 \begin_layout Labeling
5752 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5753 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5754 the body of the item text.
5755 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5756 label width plus a little extra space.
5760 \begin_layout Labeling
5761 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5763 \begin_inset space ~
5766 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5768 If the label width is larger, the label
5769 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5773 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5776 into the first line.
5777 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5778 margin of the rest of the item text.
5781 \begin_layout Labeling
5782 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5784 \begin_inset space ~
5787 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5792 environment have the same left margin.
5793 \begin_inset Newline newline
5796 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5799 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5801 \begin_inset space ~
5810 \begin_inset space ~
5815 determines the default label width.
5816 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5825 multiple times instead.
5826 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5828 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5835 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5838 \begin_inset space ~
5843 every time you alter a label in a
5848 \begin_inset Newline newline
5851 The predefined default width is the length of
5852 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5856 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5861 \begin_inset Newline newline
5865 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5873 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5874 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5882 \begin_layout Standard
5887 environment the same way like the
5891 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5897 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5901 \begin_layout Standard
5906 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5908 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5910 \begin_inset space ~
5914 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5916 reference "sec:Nesting"
5920 to learn about nesting.
5923 \begin_layout Standard
5924 There is yet another feature of the
5928 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5930 You can use additional
5934 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5939 are documented in section
5940 \begin_inset space ~
5944 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5946 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5951 Here are some examples:
5952 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
5958 \begin_layout Labeling
5959 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5960 Left The default for
5967 \begin_layout Labeling
5968 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5969 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5976 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5979 \begin_layout Labeling
5980 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5981 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5985 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5992 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5995 \begin_layout Subsection
5997 \begin_inset Index idx
6000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6009 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6017 \begin_inset space ~
6025 \begin_layout Standard
6026 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6034 \begin_inset space ~
6040 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6041 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6042 In contrast, you can use the
6049 \begin_inset space ~
6054 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6055 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6059 \begin_layout Standard
6060 Of course, you're not limited to using
6067 \begin_inset space ~
6076 \begin_inset space ~
6081 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6082 some European academic papers.
6085 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6087 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6089 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6096 \begin_layout Standard
6101 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6102 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6106 \begin_inset space ~
6111 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6112 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6113 Here's an example of each:
6116 \begin_layout Right Address
6118 \begin_inset Newline newline
6122 \begin_inset Newline newline
6126 \begin_inset Newline newline
6129 When is it? What is today?
6132 \begin_layout Standard
6136 \begin_inset space ~
6142 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6143 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6144 Here's an example of the
6151 \begin_layout Address
6153 \begin_inset Newline newline
6156 Where do I send this
6157 \begin_inset Newline newline
6160 Your post office and country
6163 \begin_layout Standard
6164 As you can see, both
6171 \begin_inset space ~
6176 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6181 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6187 This makes sense, since
6195 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6196 Thus, you have to use
6203 arg "newline-insert newline"
6209 \begin_inset space ~
6212 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6214 \begin_inset space ~
6223 menu) to start a new line in an
6230 \begin_inset space ~
6238 \begin_layout Subsection
6242 \begin_layout Standard
6243 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6244 or list of references.
6245 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6248 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6252 \begin_inset Index idx
6255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6264 \begin_layout Standard
6269 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6270 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6271 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6272 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6276 in anything else or vice versa.
6282 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6283 The book document classes ignores the
6287 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6291 in a letter document class.
6294 \begin_layout Standard
6299 environment does several things for you.
6300 First, it puts the centered label
6301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6305 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6309 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6311 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6312 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6313 the subsequent text.
6314 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6315 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6318 \begin_layout Standard
6319 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6323 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6324 The new paragraph will still be in the
6329 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6330 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6333 \begin_layout Standard
6334 \begin_inset Float figure
6339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6341 \begin_inset Graphics
6342 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6350 \begin_inset Caption
6352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6353 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6355 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6376 \begin_layout Standard
6377 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6381 environment, but since this document is in the
6382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6389 class, we can't do this.
6390 We inserted it therefore as figure
6391 \begin_inset space ~
6395 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6397 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6402 If you've never heard of an
6403 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6407 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6410 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6413 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6419 \begin_inset Index idx
6422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6429 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6431 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6438 \begin_layout Standard
6443 environment is used to list references.
6444 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6445 only use it at the end of the document.
6450 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6453 \begin_layout Standard
6454 When you first open a
6458 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6463 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6474 depending on the document class.
6475 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6476 Each paragraph of the
6480 environment is a bibliography entry.
6485 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6486 Each new paragraph is still in the
6493 \begin_layout Standard
6494 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6495 by using a BibTeX database.
6496 For more information on that, and for a a detailed description of LyX's
6497 bibliography handling, have a look at in section
6498 \begin_inset space ~
6502 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6504 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6511 \begin_layout Subsection
6515 \begin_inset Index idx
6518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6519 Paragraph ! LyX code
6525 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6534 \begin_layout Standard
6539 environment is another LyX extension.
6540 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6545 key as a fixed whitespace;
6549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6561 \begin_inset space ~
6566 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6571 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6572 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6575 arg "newline-insert newline"
6592 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6593 So, when you finish using the
6597 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6598 Also, you can nest the
6602 environment inside of others.
6605 \begin_layout Standard
6606 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6609 \begin_layout Itemize
6613 arg "newline-insert newline"
6616 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6617 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6621 \begin_inset space \space{}
6631 arg "newline-insert newline"
6637 \begin_layout Itemize
6641 arg "newline-insert newline"
6652 \begin_layout Itemize
6657 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6664 \begin_layout Itemize
6668 arg "space-insert protected"
6675 \begin_layout Itemize
6676 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6677 You must put at least one
6681 in any line you want blank.
6682 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6685 \begin_layout Itemize
6686 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6690 since that will insert
6695 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6698 arg "self-insert \""
6704 \begin_layout Standard
6708 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6712 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6716 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6720 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6724 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6725 printf("Hello World!
6730 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6734 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6738 \begin_layout Standard
6739 This is just the standard
6740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6751 \begin_layout Standard
6756 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6757 rc-files, and so on.
6758 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6759 as if you used a typewriter.
6760 \begin_inset Index idx
6763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6764 Paragraph environments|)
6772 \begin_layout Section
6773 Nesting Environments
6774 \begin_inset Index idx
6777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6778 Nesting ! Environments
6784 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6793 \begin_layout Subsection
6797 \begin_layout Standard
6798 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6800 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
6802 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6804 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6816 \begin_layout Enumerate
6820 \begin_layout Enumerate
6825 \begin_layout Enumerate
6829 \begin_layout Enumerate
6834 \begin_layout Enumerate
6838 \begin_layout Standard
6839 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6840 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6843 \begin_inset space ~
6847 \begin_inset space ~
6855 \begin_inset space ~
6859 \begin_inset space ~
6868 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6869 will tell you how far you are nested).
6870 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6871 \begin_inset Graphics
6872 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6877 \begin_inset Graphics
6878 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6882 or the convenient key bindings
6893 arg "depth-increment"
6899 arg "depth-decrement"
6902 to change the nesting level.
6903 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6904 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6908 \begin_layout Standard
6909 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6910 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6911 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6912 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6915 \begin_layout Standard
6916 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6917 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6919 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6922 \begin_layout Subsection
6923 What You Can and Can't Nest
6926 \begin_layout Standard
6927 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6928 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6931 \begin_layout Standard
6932 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6933 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6934 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6937 \begin_layout Itemize
6938 Completely unnestable
6941 \begin_layout Itemize
6942 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
6946 \begin_layout Itemize
6947 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6951 \begin_layout Standard
6952 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6953 environments have them:
6956 \begin_layout Description
6957 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6958 Can't nest into them.
6962 \begin_layout Itemize
6968 \begin_layout Itemize
6974 \begin_layout Itemize
6980 \begin_layout Itemize
6986 \begin_layout Itemize
6993 \begin_layout Description
6995 \begin_inset space ~
6998 Nestable You can nest them.
6999 You can nest other things into them.
7003 \begin_layout Itemize
7009 \begin_layout Itemize
7015 \begin_layout Itemize
7021 \begin_layout Itemize
7027 \begin_layout Itemize
7033 \begin_layout Itemize
7039 \begin_layout Itemize
7045 \begin_layout Itemize
7052 \begin_layout Description
7053 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7054 You can't nest anything into them.
7058 \begin_layout Itemize
7064 \begin_layout Itemize
7070 \begin_layout Itemize
7076 \begin_layout Itemize
7082 \begin_layout Itemize
7088 \begin_layout Itemize
7094 \begin_layout Itemize
7100 \begin_layout Itemize
7106 \begin_layout Itemize
7112 \begin_layout Itemize
7118 \begin_layout Itemize
7124 \begin_layout Itemize
7130 \begin_layout Itemize
7136 \begin_layout Itemize
7140 \begin_inset space ~
7146 \begin_layout Itemize
7153 \begin_layout Standard
7154 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7162 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7171 \begin_inset space ~
7175 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7179 \begin_inset space \space{}
7182 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7183 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7184 section headings violate this.
7192 \begin_layout Subsection
7193 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7194 \begin_inset Index idx
7197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7198 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7206 \begin_layout Standard
7207 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7208 affected by nesting anyhow.
7212 \begin_layout Itemize
7216 \begin_layout Itemize
7220 \begin_layout Itemize
7224 \begin_layout Standard
7226 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7234 Figures and tables in
7238 are not affected by this.
7243 Have a look at section
7244 \begin_inset space ~
7248 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7250 reference "sec:Floats"
7254 for more information about
7261 \begin_layout Standard
7262 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7263 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7267 \begin_layout Standard
7268 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7269 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7273 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7276 of its own, it behaves just like a
7277 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7284 paragraph environment.
7285 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7289 \begin_layout Standard
7290 Here's an example with a table:
7293 \begin_layout Enumerate
7298 \begin_layout Enumerate
7299 This is (a) and it's nested.
7303 \begin_layout Standard
7304 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7310 \begin_layout Standard
7312 \begin_inset Tabular
7313 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7314 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7315 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7316 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7400 \begin_layout Standard
7401 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7408 \begin_layout Enumerate
7410 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7414 \begin_layout Enumerate
7418 \begin_layout Standard
7419 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7422 \begin_layout Enumerate
7427 \begin_layout Enumerate
7428 This is (a) and it's nested.
7432 \begin_layout Standard
7433 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7439 \begin_layout Standard
7441 \begin_inset Tabular
7442 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7443 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7444 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7445 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7529 \begin_layout Standard
7530 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7536 \begin_layout Enumerate
7543 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7546 \begin_layout Enumerate
7550 \begin_layout Standard
7551 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7555 \begin_layout Standard
7556 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7558 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7561 \begin_layout Enumerate
7566 \begin_layout Enumerate
7567 This is (a) and it's nested.
7570 \begin_layout Standard
7571 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7577 \begin_layout Standard
7579 \begin_inset Tabular
7580 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7581 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7582 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7583 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7667 \begin_layout Standard
7668 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7674 \begin_layout Enumerate
7676 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7684 \begin_layout Enumerate
7688 \begin_layout Standard
7689 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7695 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7696 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7700 \begin_layout Subsection
7701 Usage and General Features
7704 \begin_layout Standard
7705 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7711 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7714 is the innermost possible depth.
7715 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7718 \begin_layout Enumerate
7719 level #1 – outermost
7723 \begin_layout Enumerate
7728 \begin_layout Enumerate
7733 \begin_layout Enumerate
7738 \begin_layout Itemize
7743 \begin_layout Itemize
7752 \begin_layout Standard
7753 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7754 both of them in the example.
7755 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7765 For example, if we tried to nest another
7770 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7774 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7777 , we would get errors.
7780 \begin_layout Subsection
7782 \begin_inset Index idx
7785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7794 \begin_layout Standard
7795 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7796 We have several examples of nested environments.
7797 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7801 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7802 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7805 \begin_layout Labeling
7806 \labelwidthstring MMM
7807 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7816 \begin_layout Labeling
7817 \labelwidthstring MMM
7818 #2-a This is level #2.
7819 We created it by using
7822 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7828 arg "depth-increment"
7835 \begin_layout Labeling
7836 \labelwidthstring MMM
7837 #3-a This is level #3.
7838 This time, we just hit
7845 arg "depth-increment"
7849 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7853 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7859 arg "depth-increment"
7866 \begin_layout Standard
7871 environment, nested inside of
7872 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7876 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7880 So, it's at level #4.
7881 We did this by hitting
7884 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7890 arg "depth-increment"
7893 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7898 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
7914 \begin_layout Standard
7919 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7922 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7928 \begin_layout Labeling
7929 \labelwidthstring MMM
7930 #4-a This is level #4.
7934 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7937 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7942 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
7946 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7951 keep nesting things inside
7952 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7956 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7963 \begin_layout Labeling
7964 \labelwidthstring MMM
7965 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7970 \begin_layout Labeling
7971 \labelwidthstring MMM
7972 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7973 and this is level #6.
7974 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7978 \begin_layout Labeling
7979 \labelwidthstring MMM
7980 #5-b Back to level #5.
7984 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7990 arg "depth-decrement"
7997 \begin_layout Labeling
7998 \labelwidthstring MMM
8002 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8008 arg "depth-decrement"
8011 , we're back at level #4.
8015 \begin_layout Labeling
8016 \labelwidthstring MMM
8017 #3-b Back to level #3.
8018 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8022 \begin_layout Labeling
8023 \labelwidthstring MMM
8024 #2-b Back to level #2.
8029 \begin_layout Labeling
8030 \labelwidthstring MMM
8031 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8032 After this sentence, we'll hit
8036 and change the paragraph environment back to
8043 \begin_layout Standard
8044 We could have also used the
8060 environment in place of the
8065 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8068 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8069 Example 2: Inheritance
8072 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8073 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8076 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8085 arg "depth-increment"
8088 , after which, we'll change to the
8096 \begin_layout Enumerate
8101 environment, at level #2.
8104 \begin_layout Enumerate
8105 Notice how the nested
8109 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8113 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8117 \begin_layout Standard
8118 We ended this example by hitting
8123 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8127 and reset the nesting depth by using
8130 arg "depth-decrement"
8136 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8137 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8150 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8158 \begin_layout Enumerate
8159 This is level #1, in an
8163 paragraph environment.
8164 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8168 \begin_layout Enumerate
8173 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8179 arg "depth-increment"
8183 Now, what happens if we nest an
8187 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8188 label be? An asterisk?
8192 \begin_layout Itemize
8202 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8203 So, its label is a bullet.
8204 (We got here by using
8207 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8213 arg "depth-increment"
8216 , then changing the environment to
8224 \begin_layout Itemize
8225 Here's level #4, produced using
8228 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8234 arg "depth-increment"
8238 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8243 \begin_layout Enumerate
8244 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8246 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8251 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8255 , because we are in the
8264 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8283 \begin_layout Enumerate
8288 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8289 type of numbering does LyX use?
8292 \begin_layout Enumerate
8293 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8296 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8299 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8302 \begin_layout Enumerate
8306 arg "depth-decrement"
8309 to decrease the depth after the next
8312 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8319 \begin_layout Enumerate
8321 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8325 \begin_layout Enumerate
8327 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8328 numeral as the label.Why?
8331 \begin_layout Enumerate
8332 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8341 Notice, however, that LyX
8345 reset the counter for the label.
8349 \begin_layout Enumerate
8353 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8359 arg "depth-decrement"
8362 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8363 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8364 into the twofold-nested
8372 \begin_layout Enumerate
8373 The same thing happens if we do another
8376 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8382 arg "depth-decrement"
8385 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8388 \begin_layout Standard
8389 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8394 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8408 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8414 The same rule applies for the
8418 environment, as well.
8421 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8422 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8425 \begin_layout Enumerate
8426 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8427 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8428 same detail with how we did it.
8437 \begin_layout Standard
8445 arg "depth-increment"
8452 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8453 example in parentheses someplace.
8454 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8455 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8456 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8460 \begin_layout Enumerate
8465 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8470 Now we'll add verse.
8471 \begin_inset Newline newline
8474 It will get much worse.
8475 \begin_inset Newline newline
8485 arg "depth-increment"
8496 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8497 \begin_inset Newline newline
8500 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8501 \begin_inset Newline newline
8507 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8520 \begin_layout Standard
8521 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8527 \begin_layout Standard
8529 \begin_inset Tabular
8530 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8531 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8532 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8533 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8622 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8632 arg "depth-increment"
8638 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8648 arg "depth-decrement"
8655 \begin_layout Enumerate
8660 : level #1) This is another item.
8661 Note that selecting a
8665 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8666 3 times to put the table inside the
8674 \begin_layout Quotation
8675 We're now ending the
8679 list and changing to
8684 We're still at level #1.
8685 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8686 The next set of paragraphs is a
8687 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8701 \begin_inset space ~
8706 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8710 for the letter body.
8714 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8717 to preserve the depth.
8718 Remember that you need to use
8721 arg "newline-insert newline"
8724 to create multiple lines inside the
8731 \begin_inset space ~
8741 \begin_layout Right Address
8743 \begin_inset Newline newline
8746 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8747 \begin_inset Newline newline
8753 \begin_layout Address
8755 \begin_inset space ~
8761 \begin_layout Quotation
8762 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8763 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8766 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8767 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8768 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8769 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8770 as soon as possible.
8771 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8774 \begin_layout Quotation
8775 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8776 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8777 with your order, along with payment.
8780 \begin_layout Quotation
8781 We thank you again for your patience.
8784 \begin_layout Address
8786 \begin_inset Newline newline
8793 \begin_layout Quotation
8794 That ends that example!
8797 \begin_layout Standard
8798 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8799 just a few keystrokes.
8800 We could have easily nested an
8821 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8824 \begin_layout Section
8825 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8826 \begin_inset Index idx
8829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8838 \begin_layout Standard
8839 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
8840 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8841 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8842 be broken at the end of a line.
8843 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8847 \begin_layout Subsection
8849 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8851 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8856 \begin_inset Index idx
8859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8868 \begin_layout Standard
8869 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8871 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8875 Further documentation is given in section
8876 \begin_inset Newline newline
8880 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8882 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8890 \begin_layout Standard
8891 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8896 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8900 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8904 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8906 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8915 A protected space is set with
8917 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8918 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8922 \begin_inset space ~
8932 arg "space-insert protected"
8938 \begin_layout Subsection
8940 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8942 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8947 \begin_inset Index idx
8950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8951 Spacing ! Horizontal
8959 \begin_layout Standard
8960 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8962 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8963 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8967 The length units are listed in Appendix
8968 \begin_inset space ~
8972 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8974 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8981 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8983 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8985 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8990 \begin_inset Index idx
8993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9002 \begin_layout Standard
9004 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9008 \begin_inset space \space{}
9011 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9012 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9013 \begin_inset space ~
9017 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9019 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9024 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9025 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9028 arg "space-insert normal"
9034 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9036 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9038 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9043 \begin_inset Index idx
9046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9055 \begin_layout Standard
9057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9061 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9064 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9073 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9074 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9075 inside abbreviations:
9080 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9084 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9087 \begin_layout Standard
9088 or between values and units.
9089 Compare for example this:
9090 \begin_inset Newline newline
9094 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9098 \begin_inset Newline newline
9104 \begin_layout Standard
9105 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9107 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9108 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9110 \begin_inset space ~
9118 arg "space-insert thin"
9124 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9126 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9128 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9135 \begin_layout Standard
9136 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9139 \begin_layout Description
9141 \begin_inset space ~
9145 \begin_inset space ~
9149 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9153 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9157 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9160 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9163 \begin_layout Description
9165 \begin_inset space ~
9169 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9173 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9177 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9181 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9185 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9188 em) space between the arrows.
9191 \begin_layout Description
9193 \begin_inset space ~
9197 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9201 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9205 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9209 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9213 \begin_inset space ~
9217 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9220 em) space between the arrows.
9223 \begin_layout Description
9225 \begin_inset space ~
9229 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9233 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9237 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9241 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9245 \begin_inset space ~
9249 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9252 em) space between the arrows.
9255 \begin_layout Description
9257 \begin_inset space ~
9261 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9265 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9270 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9274 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9277 cm space between the arrows.
9280 \begin_layout Standard
9282 \begin_inset space ~
9286 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9288 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9292 lists the different space sizes.
9295 \begin_layout Standard
9296 \begin_inset Float table
9301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9303 \begin_inset Caption
9305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9306 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9308 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9312 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9322 \begin_inset Tabular
9323 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9324 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9325 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9326 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9366 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9390 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9414 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9438 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9453 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9466 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9481 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9494 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9509 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9522 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9543 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9549 \begin_inset Index idx
9552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9561 \begin_layout Standard
9562 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9563 in a uniform fashion.
9564 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9565 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9566 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9567 equally between themselves.
9571 \begin_layout Standard
9572 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9577 This is on the left side
9578 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9581 This is on the right
9587 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9591 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9600 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9604 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9608 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9614 \begin_layout Standard
9615 That was an example in the
9621 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9625 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9629 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9632 is one in a standard paragraph.
9633 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9637 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9640 \begin_layout Standard
9641 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9644 \begin_inset space ~
9649 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9652 \begin_layout Standard
9654 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9658 \begin_inset space ~
9664 \begin_layout Standard
9666 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9670 \begin_inset space ~
9676 \begin_layout Standard
9678 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9682 \begin_inset space ~
9688 \begin_layout Standard
9690 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9694 \begin_inset space ~
9700 \begin_layout Standard
9702 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9706 \begin_inset space ~
9712 \begin_layout Standard
9714 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9718 \begin_inset space ~
9724 \begin_layout Standard
9725 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9733 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9737 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9738 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9739 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9743 option in the space dialog.
9751 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9753 \begin_inset Index idx
9756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9765 \begin_layout Standard
9766 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9768 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9772 \begin_inset space \space{}
9775 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9778 \begin_layout Standard
9779 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9782 What is correct English?:
9783 \begin_inset Newline newline
9787 \begin_inset Newline newline
9791 \begin_inset space ~
9794 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9795 \begin_inset Newline newline
9802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9813 \begin_inset Newline newline
9820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9831 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9837 \begin_layout Standard
9838 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9843 \begin_inset space ~
9847 \begin_inset space ~
9851 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9855 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9867 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9871 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9873 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9877 for more information about TeX-Code.
9883 In our case write the command
9890 (note the space after
9891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9898 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9899 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9900 That is why it is named
9901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9905 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9913 There exists also the commands
9925 , but this too special for the LyX User Guide.
9926 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9927 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9929 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9941 \begin_layout Subsection
9943 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9945 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9950 \begin_inset Index idx
9953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9962 \begin_layout Standard
9963 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9965 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9966 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9968 \begin_inset space ~
9974 There you find the following sizes:
9977 \begin_layout Standard
9990 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
9995 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9997 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10001 \begin_inset Index idx
10004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10005 Document ! Settings
10010 for the paragraph separation.
10011 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10022 \begin_layout Standard
10028 \begin_inset Index idx
10031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10037 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10038 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10040 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10041 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10050 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10059 s are described in section
10060 \begin_inset space ~
10064 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10066 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10075 If there are several
10079 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10080 You can therefore use
10084 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10087 \begin_layout Standard
10092 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10093 \begin_inset space ~
10097 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10099 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10106 \begin_layout Standard
10107 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10117 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10118 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10130 \begin_layout Subsection
10131 Paragraph Alignment
10134 \begin_layout Standard
10135 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10137 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10141 There are five possibilities:
10144 \begin_layout Itemize
10152 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10158 \begin_layout Itemize
10166 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10172 \begin_layout Itemize
10180 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10186 \begin_layout Itemize
10194 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10200 \begin_layout Itemize
10208 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10214 \begin_layout Standard
10215 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10216 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10217 the left and right margins.
10218 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10221 \begin_layout Standard
10223 This paragraph is right aligned,
10226 \begin_layout Standard
10228 this one is centered,
10231 \begin_layout Standard
10233 this one is left aligned.
10236 \begin_layout Subsection
10238 \begin_inset Index idx
10241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10242 Page breaks ! Forced
10248 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10250 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10257 \begin_layout Standard
10258 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10259 can force a page break where you want one.
10260 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10261 Only if you use a lot of
10265 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10268 \begin_layout Standard
10269 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10270 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10274 have to change the page breaking.
10277 \begin_layout Standard
10278 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10280 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10282 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10283 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10285 \begin_inset space ~
10291 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10293 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10294 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10296 \begin_inset space ~
10301 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10303 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10304 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10307 \begin_layout Standard
10308 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10309 at the top of a page.
10310 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10311 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10312 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10313 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10315 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10317 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10321 to learn more about
10328 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10330 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10332 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10337 \begin_inset Index idx
10340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10341 Page breaks ! Clear
10349 \begin_layout Standard
10350 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10351 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10352 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10353 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10354 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10357 \begin_layout Standard
10358 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10360 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10361 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10363 \begin_inset space ~
10369 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10371 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10372 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10374 \begin_inset space ~
10378 \begin_inset space ~
10383 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10384 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10387 \begin_layout Subsection
10389 \begin_inset Index idx
10392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10399 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10401 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10408 \begin_layout Standard
10409 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10411 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10413 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10414 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10416 \begin_inset space ~
10420 \begin_inset space ~
10428 arg "newline-insert newline"
10432 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10434 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10435 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10437 \begin_inset space ~
10441 \begin_inset space ~
10446 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10448 This is necessary to avoid
10449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10456 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10459 \begin_layout Standard
10460 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10461 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10462 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10463 set a line break, e.
10464 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10468 \begin_inset space \space{}
10471 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10472 \begin_inset space ~
10476 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10478 reference "sec:Quote"
10483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10485 reference "sec:Verse"
10490 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10492 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10499 \begin_layout Subsection
10501 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10503 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10508 \begin_inset Index idx
10511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10520 \begin_layout Standard
10525 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10526 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10528 \begin_inset space ~
10533 you can insert horizontal lines that span the whole width of the document
10539 \begin_layout Section
10540 Characters and Symbols
10543 \begin_layout Standard
10544 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10545 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10546 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10550 \begin_inset space \space{}
10553 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10555 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10559 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10561 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10565 for information on how this is done.
10568 \begin_layout Standard
10569 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10574 dialog via the menu
10576 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10577 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10583 \begin_layout Standard
10584 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10592 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10593 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10594 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10602 \begin_layout Section
10603 Fonts and Text Styles
10604 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10606 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10613 \begin_layout Subsection
10615 \begin_inset Index idx
10618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10627 \begin_layout Standard
10628 There are two types of fonts:
10631 \begin_layout Description
10633 \begin_inset space ~
10637 \begin_inset Index idx
10640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10646 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
10647 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10651 characters) in the font.
10652 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10653 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10654 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10655 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10656 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10657 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10658 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10659 \begin_inset Newline newline
10662 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10663 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10664 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10665 sizes than at small ones.
10666 \begin_inset Newline newline
10680 \begin_inset space ~
10688 \begin_layout Description
10690 \begin_inset space ~
10694 \begin_inset Index idx
10697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10703 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10704 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10705 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10706 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10707 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10708 picture manipulation program.
10709 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10710 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10711 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10712 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10713 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10715 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10716 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10717 \begin_inset Newline newline
10720 Bitmap fonts are named
10723 \begin_inset space ~
10728 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10731 \begin_layout Standard
10732 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10733 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10734 So one need fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10735 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10736 use scalable fonts.
10739 \begin_layout Standard
10740 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10741 its document properties.
10744 \begin_layout Standard
10745 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10746 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10747 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10748 font to emphasize text, you use an
10749 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10753 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10757 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10758 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10762 \begin_layout Subsection
10763 Document Font and Font size
10764 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10766 name "sub:Document-Font"
10771 \begin_inset Index idx
10774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10781 \begin_inset Index idx
10784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10793 \begin_layout Standard
10794 You can set the document fonts in the
10796 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10800 \begin_inset Index idx
10803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10804 Document ! Settings
10810 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10811 font shapes roman (serif),
10814 \begin_inset space ~
10826 \begin_layout Standard
10827 The possible options for the font include
10831 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10836 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10837 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10845 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10853 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10858 European Computer Modern
10861 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10871 \begin_layout Standard
10880 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10881 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10886 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10889 \begin_inset space ~
10894 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10900 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10901 There are three ways to use one:
10904 \begin_layout Itemize
10905 One way is to use the
10915 Virtual means that it
10916 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10927 -glyphs from other fonts.
10928 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10950 Loading the LaTeX-package
10955 \begin_inset Index idx
10958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10959 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10964 with the document preamble line
10965 \begin_inset Newline newline
10972 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10973 \begin_inset Newline newline
10978 will fix the guillemet problem.
10983 and that accented characters are not
10987 glyph, they are build of
10991 characters, the accent and the letter.
10992 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10996 fonts for words with accented characters.
10997 If you search for example for the French word
10998 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11002 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11005 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
11007 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11011 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11014 and not for the glyph
11015 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11019 \begin_inset space ~
11023 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11029 \begin_layout Itemize
11030 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
11034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11043 , consist of these three main font types
11046 \begin_inset space ~
11075 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11079 \begin_inset space ~
11086 as typewriter font.
11087 \begin_inset Newline newline
11090 The differences between roman,
11093 \begin_inset space ~
11102 fonts are explained in section
11103 \begin_inset space ~
11107 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11109 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11114 \begin_inset Newline newline
11121 was originally designed for newspapers.
11122 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11123 into the small newspaper columns.
11128 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11131 \begin_layout Itemize
11132 The best solution is to use the
11141 These fonts were developed for the LaTeX community to replace
11145 as the default font.
11146 In most cases they look the same as
11154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11155 One difference is improved kerning for the
11168 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
11179 \begin_layout Standard
11180 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11183 For the font size there are four possible values:
11200 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
11203 \begin_layout Standard
11204 The font sizes are the
11209 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11210 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11211 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11214 \begin_inset space ~
11220 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11221 \begin_inset space ~
11225 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11227 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11234 \begin_layout Standard
11239 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11240 a font to display the script characters.
11244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11245 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11250 So this has no effect for the document language
11266 \begin_layout Standard
11267 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11271 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11279 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11283 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11284 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11285 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11287 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11290 dialog, see section
11291 \begin_inset space ~
11295 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11297 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11309 \begin_layout Subsection
11310 Using Different Character Styles
11311 \begin_inset Index idx
11314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11321 \begin_inset Index idx
11324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11333 \begin_layout Standard
11334 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11335 certain paragraph environments.
11336 LyX supports two character styles,
11345 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11349 \begin_layout Standard
11354 style, do one of the following:
11357 \begin_layout Itemize
11358 click on the toolbar button
11359 \begin_inset Graphics
11360 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11367 \begin_layout Itemize
11368 use the key binding
11377 \begin_layout Standard
11378 These commands are all toggles.
11383 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11386 \begin_layout Standard
11387 One typically uses the
11391 style for proper names.
11393 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11400 is the original author of LyX.
11401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11407 \begin_layout Standard
11408 A more widely used character style is the
11413 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
11420 \begin_layout Itemize
11421 clicking on the toolbar button
11422 \begin_inset Graphics
11423 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11430 \begin_layout Itemize
11431 using the keybindings
11440 \begin_layout Standard
11445 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11446 es use a different font.
11449 \begin_layout Standard
11450 We've been using the
11454 style all over the place in this document.
11455 Here's one more example:
11458 \begin_layout Quotation
11461 Don't overuse character styles!
11464 \begin_layout Standard
11465 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11466 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11467 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11468 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11472 \begin_layout Standard
11473 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11481 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11483 \begin_inset space ~
11491 \begin_layout Subsection
11492 Fine-Tuning with the
11497 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11499 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11504 \begin_inset Index idx
11507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11516 \begin_layout Standard
11517 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11518 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11519 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11520 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11521 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11522 from ordinary dialog.
11525 \begin_layout Standard
11526 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11527 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11528 \begin_inset Newline newline
11531 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11532 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11535 \begin_layout Standard
11536 To use custom character styles, open the
11538 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11540 \begin_inset space ~
11546 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11547 font property which you can choose.
11548 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11551 \begin_inset space ~
11556 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11561 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11562 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11563 environments in a snap.
11566 \begin_layout Standard
11567 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11570 \begin_inset space ~
11582 \begin_layout Labeling
11583 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11597 The possible options are:
11601 \begin_layout Labeling
11602 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11607 This is the Roman font family.
11608 Normally a serif font.
11609 It's also the default family.
11619 \begin_layout Labeling
11620 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11624 \begin_inset space ~
11631 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11643 \begin_layout Labeling
11644 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11651 This is the Typewriter font family.
11657 arg "font-typewriter"
11666 \begin_layout Labeling
11667 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11672 This corresponds to the print weight.
11677 \begin_layout Labeling
11678 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11683 This is the Medium font series.
11684 It's also the default series.
11687 \begin_layout Labeling
11688 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11695 This is the Bold font series.
11708 \begin_layout Labeling
11709 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11714 As the name implies.
11719 \begin_layout Labeling
11720 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11725 This is the Upright font shape.
11726 It's also the default shape.
11729 \begin_layout Labeling
11730 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11744 s the Italic font shape
11750 \begin_layout Labeling
11751 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11758 This is the Slanted font shape
11760 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11763 \begin_layout Labeling
11764 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11768 \begin_inset space ~
11775 This is the Small caps font shape
11782 \begin_layout Labeling
11783 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11788 Alters the size of the font.
11789 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11790 nal to the document font size.
11791 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11792 what you want to do.
11797 \begin_layout Labeling
11798 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11819 arg "font-size tiny"
11825 \begin_layout Labeling
11826 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11834 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11838 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11847 arg "font-size scriptsize"
11853 \begin_layout Labeling
11854 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11866 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11875 arg "font-size footnotesize"
11881 \begin_layout Labeling
11882 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11894 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11903 arg "font-size small"
11909 \begin_layout Labeling
11910 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11916 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11924 It's also the default size.
11928 arg "font-size normal"
11934 \begin_layout Labeling
11935 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11943 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11947 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11956 arg "font-size large"
11962 \begin_layout Labeling
11963 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11971 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11984 arg "font-size larger"
11990 \begin_layout Labeling
11991 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12003 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12012 arg "font-size largest"
12018 \begin_layout Labeling
12019 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12027 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12031 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12040 arg "font-size huge"
12046 \begin_layout Labeling
12047 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12068 arg "font-size giant"
12075 \begin_layout Standard
12080 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12081 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12082 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12083 — use that instead.
12084 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12087 \begin_layout Labeling
12088 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12093 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12098 \begin_layout Labeling
12099 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12106 This is text with emphasize on
12109 This might seem like the same as
12113 , but it is actually a bit different.
12119 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12121 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12124 \begin_layout Labeling
12125 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12132 This is text with Underbar on.
12138 arg "font-underline"
12144 \begin_inset Newline newline
12149 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12150 when you couldn't change fonts.
12151 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12152 It's only included in LyX because some people
12156 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12159 \begin_layout Labeling
12160 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12167 This is text with Noun on.
12174 , this is a logical attribute.
12175 Normally it's equivalent to
12178 \begin_inset space ~
12187 \begin_layout Labeling
12188 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12193 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12194 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12198 \begin_inset space ~
12203 , which is the default
12204 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12208 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12211 and means normally black, you can choose between
12244 \begin_inset Index idx
12247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12256 \begin_layout Labeling
12257 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12262 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12263 the language of the document.
12264 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12268 \begin_layout Standard
12269 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12270 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12272 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12274 \begin_inset space ~
12279 dialog, the settings are saved.
12280 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12281 \begin_inset Graphics
12282 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12287 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12288 when the dialog isn't visible.
12292 \begin_layout Standard
12293 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12300 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12301 (suppose you just set the shape to
12302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12314 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12320 \begin_inset space ~
12332 \begin_layout Standard
12333 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12341 \begin_inset space ~
12353 \begin_layout Itemize
12359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12363 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12366 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12375 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12379 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12384 \begin_inset Newline newline
12391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12416 \begin_inset Note Note
12419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12420 For more on phantoms see section
12421 \begin_inset space ~
12425 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12427 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12437 \begin_inset Newline newline
12443 \begin_layout Itemize
12448 fonts use characters with serifs.
12449 These are the small
12450 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12454 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12457 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
12458 The following example will show the difference:
12459 \begin_inset Newline newline
12463 \begin_inset Newline newline
12468 text without serifs
12471 \begin_inset Newline newline
12474 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12475 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12482 \begin_layout Itemize
12488 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12489 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12492 \begin_layout Standard
12493 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12494 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12497 \begin_layout Section
12498 Printing and Previewing
12501 \begin_layout Subsection
12505 \begin_layout Standard
12506 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12507 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12508 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12509 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12510 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
12512 Additional Features
12517 \begin_layout Standard
12518 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12519 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12520 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12521 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12522 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12523 This happens in two stages:
12526 \begin_layout Enumerate
12527 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12528 generating a file with the extension,
12529 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12537 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12543 \begin_layout Enumerate
12544 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12548 file to produce printable output.
12552 \begin_layout Subsection
12553 Output file formats
12554 \begin_inset Index idx
12557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12564 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12566 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12573 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12575 \begin_inset Index idx
12578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12579 File formats ! ASCII
12587 \begin_layout Standard
12588 This file type has the extension
12589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12601 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12605 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12606 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12612 \begin_layout Standard
12613 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12615 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12616 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12622 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12624 \begin_inset Index idx
12627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12628 File formats ! LaTeX
12636 \begin_layout Standard
12637 This file type has the extension
12638 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12646 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12649 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12651 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12652 it manually with console commands.
12653 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12654 you view or export your document.
12657 \begin_layout Standard
12658 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12660 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12661 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12678 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12680 \begin_inset Index idx
12683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12692 \begin_layout Standard
12693 This file type has the extension
12694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12711 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12714 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12715 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12716 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12720 \begin_layout Standard
12721 DVI files doen't contain images, they only link them.
12722 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12723 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12724 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
12726 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12729 \begin_layout Standard
12730 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12732 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12733 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12739 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12741 \begin_inset Index idx
12744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12745 File formats ! PostScript
12753 \begin_layout Standard
12754 This file type has the extension
12755 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12767 PostScript was developed by the company
12771 as a printer language.
12772 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12774 PostScript can be seen as a
12775 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12778 programming language
12779 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12782 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12787 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
12793 \begin_inset Index idx
12796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12797 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12807 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12810 \begin_layout Standard
12811 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12815 Encapsulated PostScript
12816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12819 (EPS, file extension
12820 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12828 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12832 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12833 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12835 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12838 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
12839 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12842 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
12843 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12844 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12845 EPS to avoid this problem.
12848 \begin_layout Standard
12849 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12851 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12852 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12858 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12860 \begin_inset Index idx
12863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12870 \begin_inset Index idx
12873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12882 \begin_layout Standard
12883 This file type has the extension
12884 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12900 Portable Document Format
12901 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12908 was derived from PostScript.
12909 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
12911 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12918 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12919 looks exactly the same.
12922 \begin_layout Standard
12923 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12927 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12931 (JPG, file extension
12932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12944 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12959 Portable Network Graphics
12960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12963 (PNG, file extension
12964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12972 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12976 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12977 in the background to one of these formats.
12978 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12979 will slow down your workflow.
12980 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12983 \begin_layout Standard
12984 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12986 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12989 in three different ways:
12992 \begin_layout Description
12993 PDF This uses the program
12997 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
12998 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13002 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13003 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13006 \begin_layout Description
13008 \begin_inset space ~
13011 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13015 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13019 \begin_layout Description
13021 \begin_inset space ~
13024 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13028 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13031 \begin_layout Standard
13032 We recommend to use
13035 \begin_inset space ~
13044 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
13045 works without problems.
13050 is no longer under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13053 \begin_layout Subsection
13055 \begin_inset Index idx
13058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13067 \begin_layout Standard
13068 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13069 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13073 and choose a file type.
13074 A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
13077 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13080 you can use the toolbar button
13081 \begin_inset Graphics
13082 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13089 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13094 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13096 \begin_inset space ~
13102 \begin_inset Graphics
13103 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13109 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13113 \begin_inset Graphics
13114 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13121 arg "buffer-view ps"
13127 \begin_layout Standard
13128 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13129 viewer window using the menu
13131 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13137 \begin_layout Standard
13138 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13140 To have a real output, export your document.
13143 \begin_layout Subsection
13144 Printing the File from within LyX
13145 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13147 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13154 \begin_layout Standard
13155 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
13156 it directly from within LyX.
13157 To print a file, select the menu
13159 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13162 or click on the toolbar button
13163 \begin_inset Graphics
13164 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13169 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13170 This file is then processed by the program
13174 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13179 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13182 \begin_layout Standard
13183 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
13184 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13185 printing one set to print on the other side.
13186 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13187 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13188 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13191 \begin_layout Standard
13192 You can set the parameters in the
13195 \begin_inset space ~
13203 \begin_layout Labeling
13204 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13209 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13214 Note that this printer name is for the program
13223 has to be configured for this printer name.
13224 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13225 \begin_inset space ~
13229 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13231 reference "sub:Printer"
13240 The printer should understand PostScript.
13243 \begin_layout Labeling
13244 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13249 The name of a file to print to.
13250 The output will be a PostScript file.
13251 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13255 \begin_layout Section
13256 A few Words about Typography
13257 \begin_inset Index idx
13260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13269 \begin_layout Subsection
13271 \begin_inset Index idx
13274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13283 \begin_layout Standard
13285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13293 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13296 character comes in four lengths: the
13308 , and the minus sign:
13309 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13315 \begin_layout Standard
13316 \begin_inset Tabular
13317 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
13318 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
13319 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13320 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13321 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13322 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13351 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13382 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13391 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13416 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13418 \begin_inset space ~
13421 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13428 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13453 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13455 \begin_inset space ~
13458 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13479 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13513 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13519 \begin_layout Standard
13520 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
13521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13532 character multiple times in a row.
13533 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
13534 the final output, but not in LyX.
13536 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13540 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13552 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13556 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13566 \begin_layout Standard
13567 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13568 math mode and has a length of its own.
13569 Here are some examples of the
13570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13584 \begin_layout Enumerate
13585 line- and page-breaks
13586 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13596 \begin_layout Enumerate
13598 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13608 \begin_layout Enumerate
13609 Oh — there's a dash.
13610 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13620 \begin_layout Enumerate
13621 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13625 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13635 \begin_layout Subsection
13637 \begin_inset Index idx
13640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13647 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13649 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13656 \begin_layout Standard
13657 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13658 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13663 \begin_inset Index idx
13666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13667 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13672 following the rules of the document language
13676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13677 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13685 \begin_inset space ~
13689 \begin_inset space ~
13696 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13707 \begin_layout Standard
13708 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
13713 font and with unusual constructs, like
13714 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13722 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13723 This is done with the menu
13725 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13726 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13728 \begin_inset space ~
13734 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13735 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13738 \begin_layout Standard
13739 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13740 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
13742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13750 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
13751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13758 as hyphenation possibility.
13759 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13760 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into the
13761 argument of the LaTeX-box-command
13767 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13768 As LyX doesn't support
13774 , you have to use TeX Code.
13775 The result looks in LyX like:
13778 \begin_layout Standard
13779 \begin_inset Graphics
13780 filename clipart/mbox.png
13787 \begin_layout Standard
13788 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13789 \begin_inset space ~
13793 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13795 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13802 \begin_layout Subsection
13804 \begin_inset Index idx
13807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13816 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13817 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13818 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13820 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13827 \begin_layout Standard
13828 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13829 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13830 LaTeX then adds the
13831 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13834 appropriate amount of space
13835 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13839 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13841 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13844 \begin_layout Standard
13845 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
13846 not work in all cases.
13848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13856 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13859 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13860 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13863 \begin_layout Standard
13864 Here are some examples of
13868 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13871 \begin_layout Itemize
13876 \begin_layout Itemize
13881 \begin_layout Standard
13882 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13885 \begin_layout Itemize
13887 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13891 this is too much space!
13894 \begin_layout Itemize
13899 \begin_layout Standard
13900 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13903 \begin_layout Standard
13904 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13907 \begin_layout Enumerate
13911 \begin_inset space ~
13916 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13917 \begin_inset space ~
13921 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13923 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13928 \begin_inset Index idx
13931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13932 Spaces ! inter-word
13940 \begin_layout Enumerate
13944 \begin_inset space ~
13949 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13950 \begin_inset space ~
13954 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13956 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13961 \begin_inset Index idx
13964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13973 \begin_layout Enumerate
13977 \begin_inset space ~
13981 \begin_inset space ~
13985 \begin_inset space ~
13992 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13994 \begin_inset space ~
13999 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14000 This function is also bound to
14003 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
14009 \begin_layout Standard
14010 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14013 \begin_layout Itemize
14015 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14019 \begin_inset space \space{}
14022 this is too much space!
14025 \begin_layout Itemize
14026 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14030 \begin_layout Standard
14031 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14032 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
14033 will take care of this.
14036 \begin_layout Standard
14037 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14041 \begin_inset space ~
14046 feature described in section
14052 Additional Features
14057 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14059 \begin_inset Index idx
14062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14063 Typography ! Quotes
14069 \begin_inset Index idx
14072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14103 \begin_layout Standard
14104 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14105 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14106 and use a closing quote at the end.
14108 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14112 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14116 The keyboard character,
14120 , generates this automatically.
14123 \begin_layout Standard
14124 You can change the behavior of the
14128 key using the submenu
14134 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14138 \begin_inset Index idx
14141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14142 Document ! Settings
14150 \begin_layout Standard
14151 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14156 There are six choices:
14159 \begin_layout Labeling
14160 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14172 Use quotes like this
14173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14181 \begin_inset Quotes els
14185 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14191 \begin_layout Labeling
14192 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14195 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14199 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14205 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14209 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14213 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14219 \begin_layout Labeling
14220 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14223 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14227 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14233 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14237 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14241 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14245 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14251 \begin_layout Labeling
14252 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14255 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14259 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14265 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14269 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14273 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14277 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14283 \begin_layout Labeling
14284 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14287 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14291 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14297 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14301 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14305 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14309 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14315 \begin_layout Labeling
14316 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14319 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14323 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14329 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14333 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14337 \begin_inset Quotes als
14341 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14347 \begin_layout Standard
14348 These settings affect what character the
14355 \begin_layout Subsection
14357 \begin_inset Index idx
14360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14361 Typography ! Ligatures
14367 \begin_inset Index idx
14370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14399 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14401 name "sub:Ligatures"
14408 \begin_layout Standard
14409 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14410 print them as single characters.
14411 These groups are known as
14416 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14418 Here are the standard ligatures:
14421 \begin_layout Itemize
14425 \begin_layout Itemize
14429 \begin_layout Itemize
14433 \begin_layout Itemize
14437 \begin_layout Itemize
14441 \begin_layout Standard
14442 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14445 \begin_layout Standard
14446 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14447 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14455 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14464 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14468 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14471 To break a ligature, use
14473 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14474 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14476 \begin_inset space ~
14483 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14487 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14494 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14504 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14508 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14511 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14513 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14519 \begin_layout Subsection
14521 \begin_inset Index idx
14524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14531 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14533 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14540 \begin_layout Standard
14541 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
14542 characters in different sizes and heights.
14543 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14544 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
14545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14564 \begin_inset Note Note
14567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14568 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14576 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14577 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14582 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14586 \begin_layout Description
14587 LyX The name of the game, write
14588 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14603 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14609 \begin_layout Description
14610 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14611 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14626 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14632 \begin_layout Description
14633 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14655 \begin_layout Description
14656 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14672 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14678 \begin_layout Standard
14679 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14680 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14684 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14688 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14692 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14693 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14694 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14697 : The actual version is
14698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14705 , the previous one was
14706 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14710 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14716 \begin_layout Standard
14717 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
14718 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14722 \begin_inset space \space{}
14725 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14727 This will look in LyX like:
14728 \begin_inset Graphics
14729 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14735 \begin_inset Newline newline
14738 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14739 \begin_inset space ~
14743 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14745 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14752 \begin_layout Subsection
14754 \begin_inset Index idx
14757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14766 \begin_layout Standard
14767 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14768 space between two words.
14769 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14772 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14779 for units use the menu
14781 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14782 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14784 \begin_inset space ~
14792 arg "space-insert thin"
14798 \begin_layout Standard
14799 Here's an example to show the differences:
14802 \begin_layout Standard
14803 \begin_inset Tabular
14804 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14805 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
14806 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14807 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14814 \begin_inset space ~
14818 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14830 space between number and unit
14837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14842 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14846 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14858 half space between number and unit
14871 \begin_layout Subsection
14873 \begin_inset Index idx
14876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14877 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14885 \begin_layout Standard
14886 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14888 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14889 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14890 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14891 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14892 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14893 These bits of text became known as
14904 \begin_layout Standard
14905 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14906 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14907 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14908 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14909 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14910 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14911 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14914 \begin_layout Standard
14915 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14916 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14917 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14918 \begin_inset space ~
14922 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14924 key "latexcompanion"
14929 \begin_inset space ~
14933 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14939 ] may have more information.
14940 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14943 \begin_layout Chapter
14944 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14945 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14947 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14954 \begin_layout Standard
14955 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14960 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14963 \begin_layout Section
14965 \begin_inset Index idx
14968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14975 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14984 \begin_layout Standard
14985 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
14988 \begin_layout Description
14990 \begin_inset space ~
14993 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
14994 \begin_inset Newline newline
14998 \begin_inset Note Note
15001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15002 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15010 \begin_layout Description
15011 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15012 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15014 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15015 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15016 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15019 \begin_inset Newline newline
15023 \begin_inset Note Comment
15026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15027 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15035 \begin_layout Description
15037 \begin_inset space ~
15040 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15041 \begin_inset Newline newline
15045 \begin_inset Newline newline
15049 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15058 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15059 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15060 How this can be done is explained in the
15069 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15075 \begin_inset Newline newline
15079 \begin_inset Newline newline
15082 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15083 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15086 \begin_layout Standard
15087 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15088 \begin_inset Graphics
15089 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15091 scaleBeforeRotation
15097 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15101 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15104 \begin_layout Section
15106 \begin_inset Index idx
15109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15116 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15118 name "sec:Footnotes"
15125 \begin_layout Standard
15126 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15129 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15132 or the toolbar button
15133 \begin_inset Graphics
15134 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15147 \begin_inset Graphics
15148 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15157 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15167 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15186 label, the box will
15190 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15191 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15204 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15220 \begin_layout Standard
15221 Here's an example footnote:
15229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15230 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15238 \begin_layout Standard
15239 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15240 position where the footnote box is placed.
15241 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15242 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15243 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15244 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15245 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15250 ey are described in the
15257 \begin_layout Section
15259 \begin_inset Index idx
15262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15269 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15271 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15278 \begin_layout Standard
15279 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15280 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15282 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15284 \begin_inset space ~
15289 or the toolbar button
15290 \begin_inset Graphics
15291 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15311 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15318 appearing within your text.
15319 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15328 \begin_layout Standard
15329 At the side is an example marginal note.
15333 \begin_inset Marginal
15336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15337 This is a marginal note.
15345 \begin_layout Standard
15346 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15347 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
15348 pages, right on odd pages.
15351 \begin_layout Section
15352 Graphics and Images
15353 \begin_inset Index idx
15356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15363 \begin_inset Index idx
15366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15373 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15375 name "sec:Graphics"
15382 \begin_layout Standard
15383 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15384 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15385 \begin_inset Graphics
15386 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15392 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15396 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15399 \begin_layout Standard
15400 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15405 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15406 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15408 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15409 \begin_inset space ~
15413 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15415 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15422 \begin_layout Standard
15427 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15428 of the image in the output.
15429 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15433 \begin_inset space ~
15437 \begin_inset space ~
15446 \begin_inset space ~
15450 \begin_inset space ~
15454 \begin_inset space ~
15459 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15460 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15468 \begin_layout Standard
15471 LaTeX and LyX options
15473 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15474 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15478 \begin_inset space ~
15483 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15484 with the image size is printed.
15488 \begin_inset space ~
15492 \begin_inset space ~
15496 \begin_inset space ~
15501 is explained in the
15512 \begin_layout Standard
15513 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15514 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15516 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15520 \begin_layout Standard
15522 \begin_inset Graphics
15523 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15525 rotateOrigin center
15532 \begin_layout Standard
15533 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15534 the image into a float, see section
15535 \begin_inset space ~
15539 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15541 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15548 \begin_layout Subsection
15550 \begin_inset Index idx
15553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15560 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15562 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15569 \begin_layout Standard
15570 You can insert images in any known file format.
15571 But as we explained in section
15572 \begin_inset space ~
15576 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15578 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15582 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15583 LyX uses therefore the program
15587 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15588 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15589 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15590 \begin_inset space ~
15594 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15596 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15603 \begin_layout Standard
15604 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15607 \begin_layout Description
15609 \begin_inset space ~
15612 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15613 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15614 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15615 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15618 Graphics Interchange Format
15619 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15622 (GIF, file extension
15623 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15631 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15635 \begin_inset Index idx
15638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15670 Portable Network Graphics
15671 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15674 (PNG, file extension
15675 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15683 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15687 \begin_inset Index idx
15690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15722 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15726 (JPG, file extension
15727 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15739 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15751 \begin_inset Index idx
15754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15785 \begin_layout Description
15787 \begin_inset space ~
15790 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15792 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15793 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15794 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15795 \begin_inset Newline newline
15798 Scalable image formats can be
15799 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15802 Scalable Vector Graphics
15803 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15806 (SVG, file extension
15807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15815 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15819 \begin_inset Index idx
15822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15851 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15854 Encapsulated PostScript
15855 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15858 (EPS, file extension
15859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15871 \begin_inset Index idx
15874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15903 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15906 Portable Document Format
15907 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15910 (PDF, file extension
15911 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15919 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15923 \begin_inset Index idx
15926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15933 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15934 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15935 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15941 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15949 \begin_layout Standard
15950 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15954 \begin_layout Subsection
15955 Grouping of Image Settings
15956 \begin_inset Index idx
15959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15960 Images ! Settings grouping
15968 \begin_layout Standard
15969 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
15971 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
15972 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
15974 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
15975 need to manually change each of them.
15979 \begin_layout Standard
15980 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
15983 \begin_inset space ~
15988 field in the Graphics dialog.
15989 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
15990 by checking the name of the desired group.
15993 \begin_layout Section
15995 \begin_inset Index idx
15998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16005 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16014 \begin_layout Standard
16015 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16016 \begin_inset Graphics
16017 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16024 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16028 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16029 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16030 from the rest of the table.
16031 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16032 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16034 Here's an example table:
16037 \begin_layout Standard
16039 \begin_inset Tabular
16040 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16041 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16042 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16043 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16044 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16045 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16245 \begin_layout Subsection
16249 \begin_layout Standard
16250 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16251 brings up the table dialog.
16252 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16253 where the cursor is placed currently.
16254 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16255 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16256 done on all of your selection.
16259 \begin_layout Standard
16260 Additionally to the table dialog, the
16263 \begin_inset space ~
16268 helps you in setting table properties.
16269 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
16272 \begin_layout Standard
16276 \begin_inset space ~
16281 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16282 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16283 current cell respectively.
16284 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16286 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16287 of text, see section
16288 \begin_inset space ~
16292 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16294 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16301 \begin_layout Standard
16302 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16308 This will merge the cells to
16312 cell, spread over more than one column.
16313 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16314 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16315 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16316 in the last row without the upper border:
16319 \begin_layout Standard
16321 \begin_inset Tabular
16322 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16323 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
16324 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16325 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16326 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16327 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16338 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16347 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16423 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16458 \begin_layout Standard
16459 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16460 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16461 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16462 explained in the tables section of the
16465 \begin_inset space ~
16471 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16472 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16475 degrees counterclockwise.
16476 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16479 \begin_layout Standard
16480 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16488 Most DVI-viewers are
16492 able to display rotations.
16500 \begin_layout Standard
16505 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16510 adds lines for all cell borders.
16513 \begin_layout Subsection
16515 \begin_inset Index idx
16518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16519 Tables ! Longtables
16525 \begin_inset Index idx
16528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16537 \begin_layout Standard
16538 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16541 \begin_inset space ~
16545 \begin_inset space ~
16554 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16555 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16558 \begin_layout Description
16563 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16564 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16565 except for the first page, if
16568 \begin_inset space ~
16576 \begin_layout Description
16580 \begin_inset space ~
16585 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16586 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16589 \begin_layout Description
16594 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16595 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16596 except for the last page, if
16599 \begin_inset space ~
16607 \begin_layout Description
16611 \begin_inset space ~
16616 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16617 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16620 \begin_layout Description
16621 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16622 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16624 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16628 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16631 \begin_inset space ~
16639 \begin_layout Standard
16640 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16641 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16642 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16643 The others will then be defined as
16648 In this context, first means first in this order:
16651 \begin_inset space ~
16663 \begin_inset space ~
16669 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16672 \begin_layout Standard
16674 \begin_inset Tabular
16675 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16676 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
16677 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16678 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16679 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16680 <row endfirsthead="true">
16681 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16687 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16692 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16701 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16711 <row endfirsthead="true">
16712 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16723 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16732 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16744 <row endhead="true">
16745 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16756 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16765 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16775 <row endhead="true">
16776 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16787 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16796 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16808 <row endfoot="true">
16809 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16820 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16829 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16860 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17801 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17810 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17819 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17830 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17861 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17892 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17923 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17954 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17985 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18016 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18047 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18078 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18109 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18140 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18171 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18202 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18233 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18264 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18295 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18326 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18357 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18388 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18419 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18450 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18481 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18512 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18543 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18574 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18605 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18636 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18667 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18698 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18729 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18760 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18790 <row endlastfoot="true">
18791 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18802 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18811 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18828 \begin_layout Subsection
18830 \begin_inset Index idx
18833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18840 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18842 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18849 \begin_layout Standard
18850 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18851 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18852 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18853 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18857 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18858 for the cell's paragraph.
18861 \begin_layout Standard
18862 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18863 for the column in the table dialog.
18864 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18865 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18869 \begin_layout Standard
18871 \begin_inset Tabular
18872 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18873 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
18874 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18875 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18876 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18896 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18965 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19021 This is longer now.
19026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19077 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19078 This is longer now.
19083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19109 \begin_layout Standard
19110 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19111 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19116 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19117 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19123 Selection with the mouse or with
19127 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19128 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19129 the selection from outside the table.
19132 \begin_layout Section
19134 \begin_inset Index idx
19137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19144 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19153 \begin_layout Standard
19154 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19155 have a fixed location.
19157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19161 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19164 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19172 \begin_inset space ~
19177 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19178 too many notes on the page.
19181 \begin_layout Standard
19182 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
19183 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
19184 and pages without text.
19185 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19186 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19187 Floats are therefore numbered.
19188 Referencing is described in section
19189 \begin_inset space ~
19193 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19195 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19202 \begin_layout Standard
19203 To insert a float, use the menu
19205 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19209 A box with a caption that has e.
19210 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19214 \begin_inset space \space{}
19218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19222 \begin_inset space ~
19226 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19229 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19230 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19232 After the label you can insert the caption text.
19233 \begin_inset Index idx
19236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19242 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19243 paragraph within the float.
19244 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19245 by left-clicking on the box label.
19246 A closed float box looks like this:
19247 \begin_inset Graphics
19248 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19253 – a gray button with a red label.
19256 \begin_layout Standard
19257 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19258 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19261 \begin_layout Subsection
19265 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19267 \begin_inset Index idx
19270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19271 Floats ! Figure floats
19277 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19279 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19286 \begin_layout Standard
19289 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19290 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19293 inserts a float with the label
19294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19300 \begin_inset space ~
19306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19310 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19311 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19312 This is what we did for Figure
19313 \begin_inset space ~
19317 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19319 reference "cap:Platypus"
19324 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19325 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19326 This was done in Figure
19327 \begin_inset space ~
19331 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19333 reference "cap:Escher"
19340 \begin_layout Standard
19341 \begin_inset Float figure
19346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19348 \begin_inset Graphics
19349 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19351 rotateOrigin center
19358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19359 \begin_inset Caption
19361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19362 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19364 name "cap:Platypus"
19368 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19381 \begin_layout Standard
19382 \begin_inset Float figure
19387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19388 \begin_inset Caption
19390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19391 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19408 \begin_inset Graphics
19409 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19411 rotateOrigin center
19423 \begin_layout Standard
19424 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19426 As described in section
19427 \begin_inset space ~
19431 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19433 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19437 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19439 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19442 and refer to it using the menu
19444 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19448 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19450 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19454 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19457 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19463 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19469 \begin_layout Standard
19470 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
19471 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19472 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19473 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19475 \begin_inset space ~
19479 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19481 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19485 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19486 You can also set the images one below the other.
19488 \begin_inset space ~
19492 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19494 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19499 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19501 reference "fig:Platypus"
19505 are the subfigures.
19508 \begin_layout Standard
19509 \begin_inset Float figure
19514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19515 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19519 \begin_inset Float figure
19524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19525 \begin_inset Caption
19527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19528 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19530 name "fig:Undefinable"
19542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19543 \begin_inset Graphics
19544 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19555 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19559 \begin_inset Float figure
19564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19565 \begin_inset Caption
19567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19568 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19570 name "fig:Platypus"
19582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19583 \begin_inset Graphics
19584 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19596 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19603 \begin_inset Caption
19605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19606 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19608 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19612 Two distorted images.
19625 \begin_layout Standard
19626 Note that the caption is added to the
19629 \begin_inset space ~
19633 \begin_inset space ~
19638 as described in section
19639 \begin_inset space ~
19643 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19645 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19652 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19654 \begin_inset Index idx
19657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19658 Floats ! Table floats
19666 \begin_layout Standard
19667 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19669 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19670 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19674 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
19677 \begin_inset space ~
19681 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19683 reference "cap:Table-float"
19687 is an example of a table float.
19690 \begin_layout Standard
19691 \begin_inset Float table
19696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19697 \begin_inset Caption
19699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19700 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19702 name "cap:Table-float"
19714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19716 \begin_inset Tabular
19717 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19718 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19719 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19720 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19721 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19848 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19869 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19872 \end{array}\right]$
19880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19893 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19914 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19916 \begin_inset Index idx
19919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19920 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19928 \begin_layout Standard
19929 This float type is inserted with the menu
19931 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19932 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19936 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19937 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19941 , described in section
19942 \begin_inset space ~
19946 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19948 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19955 \begin_layout Standard
19956 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19964 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19970 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19973 \begin_layout Standard
19978 floatname{algorithm}{your
19979 \begin_inset space ~
19985 \begin_layout Standard
19986 to the document preamble (menu
19988 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19995 \begin_inset space ~
20001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20015 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20017 \begin_inset Index idx
20020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20021 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20029 \begin_layout Standard
20030 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20038 \begin_inset Graphics
20039 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20041 rotateOrigin center
20048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20049 \begin_inset Caption
20051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20052 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20054 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20058 This is a wrapped figure.
20059 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20072 This float type is used if you want to
20073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20077 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20080 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20082 It can be inserted using the menu
20084 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20085 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20087 \begin_inset space ~
20092 if the LaTeX-package
20097 \begin_inset Index idx
20100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20101 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20111 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20114 \begin_inset space ~
20124 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20127 \begin_inset space ~
20131 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20133 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20137 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20138 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20146 Available units are explained in Appendix
20147 \begin_inset space ~
20151 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20153 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20162 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20166 \begin_layout Standard
20167 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20175 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20176 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20180 \begin_inset space \space{}
20183 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
20184 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
20193 \begin_layout Itemize
20194 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20195 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
20196 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
20197 page breaks will appear.
20200 \begin_layout Itemize
20201 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
20202 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
20205 \begin_layout Itemize
20206 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
20207 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20210 \begin_layout Itemize
20211 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20214 \begin_layout Subsection
20216 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20218 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20223 \begin_inset Index idx
20226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20235 \begin_layout Standard
20236 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20237 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20241 \begin_inset space ~
20249 \begin_layout Standard
20250 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
20251 have a multi-column document).
20252 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20255 \begin_inset space ~
20261 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20262 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20269 \begin_layout Standard
20270 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
20271 format is also the same: Table
20272 \begin_inset space ~
20276 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20278 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20282 is an example of a rotated table float.
20285 \begin_layout Standard
20286 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20294 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20302 \begin_layout Standard
20303 \begin_inset Float table
20308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20309 \begin_inset Caption
20311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20312 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20314 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20328 \begin_inset Tabular
20329 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20330 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20331 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20332 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20333 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20334 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20335 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20395 \begin_layout Subsection
20397 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20399 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20404 \begin_inset Index idx
20407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20416 \begin_layout Standard
20417 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20418 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20419 \begin_inset Newline newline
20425 \begin_inset space ~
20430 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20431 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
20432 \begin_inset Newline newline
20438 \begin_inset space ~
20443 is used to rotate floats, see section
20444 \begin_inset space ~
20448 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20450 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20457 \begin_layout Standard
20458 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20459 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20462 \begin_inset space ~
20466 \begin_inset space ~
20474 \begin_layout Description
20476 \begin_inset space ~
20480 \begin_inset space ~
20483 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
20486 \begin_layout Description
20488 \begin_inset space ~
20492 \begin_inset space ~
20495 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
20498 \begin_layout Description
20500 \begin_inset space ~
20504 \begin_inset space ~
20507 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
20510 \begin_layout Description
20512 \begin_inset space ~
20516 \begin_inset space ~
20519 floats: try to place the float at an own page
20522 \begin_layout Standard
20523 The order of the above option is
20528 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20532 \begin_inset space ~
20536 \begin_inset space ~
20544 \begin_inset space ~
20548 \begin_inset space ~
20553 , and then the others.
20554 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20556 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20557 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20560 \begin_layout Standard
20561 By default, each option has its own rules:
20564 \begin_layout Standard
20568 \begin_inset space ~
20572 \begin_inset space ~
20577 only floats occupying less than 70
20578 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20581 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20584 \begin_layout Standard
20588 \begin_inset space ~
20592 \begin_inset space ~
20597 : only floats occupying less than 30
20598 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20601 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20604 \begin_layout Standard
20608 \begin_inset space ~
20612 \begin_inset space ~
20617 : only if more than 50
20618 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20621 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20625 \begin_layout Standard
20626 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20630 \begin_inset space ~
20634 \begin_inset space ~
20642 \begin_layout Standard
20643 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20644 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20645 For this case you can use the option
20648 \begin_inset space ~
20654 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20656 Because the float is then no longer able to
20657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20664 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
20667 \begin_layout Standard
20668 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20669 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20672 \begin_layout Standard
20673 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20675 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20677 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20684 \begin_layout Section
20686 \begin_inset Index idx
20689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20696 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20698 name "sec:Minipages"
20705 \begin_layout Standard
20706 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20708 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20709 \begin_inset space ~
20716 \begin_layout Standard
20717 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20719 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20723 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20724 and its alignment within the page.
20727 \begin_layout Standard
20729 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20738 height_special "totalheight"
20741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20744 This is a minipage.
20745 The text is set in an italic style.
20748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20751 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20752 another formatting.
20760 \begin_layout Standard
20761 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20764 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20768 as described in section
20769 \begin_inset space ~
20773 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20775 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20780 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20786 \begin_layout Standard
20787 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20796 height_special "totalheight"
20799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20800 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20801 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20807 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20811 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20820 height_special "totalheight"
20823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20824 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20825 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20833 \begin_layout Standard
20834 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20840 \begin_layout Standard
20841 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20842 to other box types.
20843 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20854 \begin_layout Chapter
20855 Mathematical Formulas
20856 \begin_inset Index idx
20859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20866 \begin_inset Index idx
20869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20898 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20900 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20907 \begin_layout Standard
20908 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20913 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20916 \begin_layout Section
20918 \begin_inset Index idx
20921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20930 \begin_layout Standard
20931 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20932 \begin_inset Graphics
20933 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20938 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20940 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20941 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20942 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20944 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20950 \begin_layout Standard
20951 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20955 \begin_inset space ~
20960 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20963 \begin_layout Standard
20964 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20965 line, like this one:
20968 \begin_layout Standard
20969 This is a line with an inline formula
20970 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
20976 \begin_layout Standard
20977 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as if they were in an own
20978 paragraph, like this one:
20979 \begin_inset Formula \[
20984 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20987 \begin_layout Standard
20988 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20990 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20994 \begin_inset space \space{}
20998 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21008 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21011 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21012 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21016 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21019 \begin_inset space ~
21027 \begin_layout Subsection
21028 Navigating in Formulas
21029 \begin_inset Index idx
21032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21041 \begin_layout Standard
21042 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21043 achieved with the arrow keys.
21044 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21045 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21050 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21051 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21055 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21059 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21062 \end{array}\right]$
21070 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21075 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21076 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21079 \begin_layout Standard
21084 , printed in this document as
21085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21102 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21106 \begin_inset Note Note
21109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21110 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21111 space character (visible space).
21116 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21117 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21118 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21123 For example, if you want
21124 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21178 , since in the latter case only the
21181 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21186 will be under the square root sign:
21187 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21193 \begin_layout Standard
21194 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21196 \begin_inset Formula \[
21197 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21201 \end{array}\right)\]
21205 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21206 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21209 \begin_layout Subsection
21213 \begin_layout Standard
21214 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21215 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21219 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21220 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21221 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21222 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21223 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21226 \begin_layout Subsection
21227 Exponents and Subscripts
21228 \begin_inset Index idx
21231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21238 \begin_inset Index idx
21241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21250 \begin_layout Standard
21251 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21252 way is to use a command.
21254 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21257 , type in a formula
21263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21279 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21285 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21289 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21310 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21312 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21316 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21319 , you have to use an extra
21323 to separate the hat and the character.
21325 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21329 \begin_inset space \space{}
21333 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21354 Subscripts are similar: To get
21355 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21378 \begin_layout Subsection
21380 \begin_inset Index idx
21383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21392 \begin_layout Standard
21393 Create a fraction with either the command
21400 \begin_inset Graphics
21401 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21409 \begin_inset space ~
21415 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21416 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21417 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21422 To move back up, press
21427 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21428 \begin_inset Formula \[
21429 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21432 \end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21439 \begin_layout Subsection
21441 \begin_inset Index idx
21444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21453 \begin_layout Standard
21454 Roots can be created using the
21457 \begin_inset space ~
21463 \begin_inset Graphics
21464 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21487 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21493 produces always a square root.
21496 \begin_layout Subsection
21497 Operators with Limits
21498 \begin_inset Index idx
21501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21508 \begin_inset Index idx
21511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21518 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21520 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21527 \begin_layout Standard
21529 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21533 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21536 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21537 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21538 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21539 The sum operator will automatically place its
21540 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21547 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21550 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21554 \begin_inset Formula \[
21555 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21559 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21563 \begin_layout Standard
21564 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21566 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21567 behind the operator and hitting
21575 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21576 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21578 \begin_inset space ~
21582 \begin_inset space ~
21590 \begin_layout Standard
21591 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21592 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21596 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21599 feature as addition, such as
21600 \begin_inset Index idx
21603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21610 \begin_inset Formula \[
21611 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21615 which will place the
21616 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21620 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21624 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21628 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21629 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21635 \begin_layout Standard
21636 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21643 Have a look at section
21644 \begin_inset space ~
21648 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21650 reference "sub:Functions"
21654 for an explanation of function macros.
21657 \begin_layout Subsection
21659 \begin_inset Index idx
21662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21671 \begin_layout Standard
21672 Most math symbols can be found in the
21675 \begin_inset space ~
21680 under one of several categories; including
21697 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21701 \begin_layout Standard
21702 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21703 you don't have to use the
21706 \begin_inset space ~
21711 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21712 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21715 \begin_layout Subsection
21717 \begin_inset Index idx
21720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21729 \begin_layout Standard
21730 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
21735 arg "space-insert protected"
21741 \begin_inset space ~
21747 \begin_inset Graphics
21748 filename ../images/math/space.png
21753 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21754 For example, the sequence
21759 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21763 \begin_inset Graphics
21764 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21769 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21770 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21771 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21772 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
21774 Here are two examples:
21777 \begin_layout Standard
21787 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21793 \begin_layout Standard
21803 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21809 \begin_layout Subsection
21811 \begin_inset Index idx
21814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21821 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21823 name "sub:Functions"
21830 \begin_layout Standard
21834 \begin_inset space ~
21839 contains under the button
21840 \begin_inset Graphics
21841 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21845 a number of function macros, such as
21846 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21850 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21858 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21865 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21866 avoid confusions, because
21867 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21871 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21877 \begin_layout Standard
21878 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21880 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21884 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21890 \begin_layout Standard
21891 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
21892 s are placed, as described in section
21893 \begin_inset space ~
21897 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21899 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21906 \begin_layout Subsection
21908 \begin_inset Index idx
21911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21920 \begin_layout Standard
21921 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21923 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21924 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
21925 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21929 \begin_inset space \space{}
21933 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21936 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21937 Our example is entered by typing
21945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21958 \begin_inset space ~
21962 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21964 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21968 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21971 \begin_layout Standard
21972 \begin_inset Float table
21977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21978 \begin_inset Caption
21980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21981 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21983 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21987 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21997 \begin_inset Tabular
21998 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
21999 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
22000 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22001 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22002 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22086 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22140 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22194 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22248 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22302 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22356 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22410 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22464 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22518 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22563 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22584 \begin_layout Standard
22585 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22588 \begin_inset space ~
22594 \begin_inset Graphics
22595 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22599 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22603 \begin_layout Section
22604 Brackets and Delimiters
22605 \begin_inset Index idx
22608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22615 \begin_inset Index idx
22618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22625 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22627 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22634 \begin_layout Standard
22635 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22636 For most purposes, using just the keys
22641 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22642 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
22643 toolbar delimiter icon
22644 \begin_inset Graphics
22645 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22650 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22652 \begin_inset Formula \[
22653 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22656 \end{array}\right]\]
22660 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22661 \begin_inset Formula \[
22662 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22669 \begin_layout Standard
22670 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22671 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22674 \begin_layout Standard
22675 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22676 left side and right side.
22677 If you use the option
22680 \begin_inset space ~
22685 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22686 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22687 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22688 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22691 \begin_layout Standard
22692 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22693 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22694 inside the brackets.
22695 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22700 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22703 \begin_layout Section
22704 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22705 \begin_inset Index idx
22708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22715 \begin_inset Index idx
22718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22725 \begin_inset Index idx
22728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22729 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22737 \begin_layout Standard
22738 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22741 \begin_inset space ~
22747 \begin_inset Graphics
22748 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22753 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22754 Here is an example:
22755 \begin_inset Formula \[
22756 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22760 \end{array}\right)\]
22764 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22765 \begin_inset space ~
22769 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22771 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22776 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22777 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22778 This alignment is set in the box
22783 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22795 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22803 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22815 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22820 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22828 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22831 for every column as default.
22832 For example, the sequence
22833 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22841 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22844 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22845 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22846 corresponds to the relevant column.
22847 The result will look like this:
22848 \begin_inset Formula \[
22850 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22851 column & has & has\, right\\
22852 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
22860 \begin_layout Standard
22861 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22864 arg "newline-insert newline"
22867 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22868 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22870 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22873 or the math toolbar.
22876 \begin_layout Standard
22877 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22878 It can be created with the menu
22880 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22881 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22883 \begin_inset space ~
22895 Here is an example:
22896 \begin_inset Formula \[
22908 \begin_layout Standard
22909 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22912 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22915 arg "newline-insert newline"
22919 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22924 arg "newline-insert newline"
22927 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22935 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22936 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22937 A new row is created by every further hit of
22940 arg "newline-insert newline"
22944 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
22945 Here is an example:
22946 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22947 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
22948 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
22953 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
22954 where you want to start the shift and hit
22959 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
22960 position to the next column.
22961 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
22962 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
22963 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
22964 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
22971 \begin_layout Standard
22972 The multi-line formula type described here is called
22979 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
22980 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
22981 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22983 reference "eq:asquared"
22988 The other types are described in section
22989 \begin_inset space ~
22993 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22995 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23002 \begin_layout Section
23003 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23004 \begin_inset Index idx
23007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23008 Math ! Formula numbering
23014 \begin_inset Index idx
23017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23018 Math ! Referencing formulas
23024 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23026 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23033 \begin_layout Standard
23034 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23036 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23037 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23039 \begin_inset space ~
23047 arg "math-number-toggle"
23051 The formula number appears in LyX as
23052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23056 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23059 within parentheses.
23061 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23068 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23070 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23071 the document class.
23072 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23073 separated by a dot:
23074 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23075 1+1=2\end{equation}
23082 arg "math-number-toggle"
23085 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23086 You can only number displayed formulas.
23089 \begin_layout Standard
23090 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23092 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23093 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23095 \begin_inset space ~
23099 \begin_inset space ~
23103 \begin_inset space ~
23111 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23114 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
23115 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23117 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23123 To number all lines use the shortcut
23126 arg "math-number-toggle"
23132 \begin_layout Standard
23133 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23136 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23137 A label is inserted with the menu
23139 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23142 when the cursor is in the formula.
23143 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23144 It is recommended to use the proposed
23145 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23156 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23157 type when you have many labels in your document.
23158 We inserted in the following example the label
23159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23166 in the second line:
23167 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23168 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23169 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
23174 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23175 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23185 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23187 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23189 \begin_inset space ~
23195 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23196 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
23197 as the formula number:
23200 \begin_layout Standard
23201 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23202 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23204 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23211 \begin_layout Standard
23212 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23213 \begin_inset space ~
23217 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23219 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23224 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23227 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23230 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23235 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23243 \begin_layout Section
23244 User defined math macros
23245 \begin_inset Index idx
23248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23257 \begin_layout Standard
23258 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
23259 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
23260 Math macros are explained in section
23263 \begin_inset space ~
23275 \begin_layout Section
23279 \begin_layout Subsection
23281 \begin_inset Index idx
23284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23293 \begin_layout Standard
23294 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23295 To set a font in a formula, use the
23298 \begin_inset space ~
23304 \begin_inset Graphics
23305 filename ../images/math/font.png
23309 , or enter its command, listed in table
23310 \begin_inset space ~
23314 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23316 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23323 \begin_layout Standard
23324 \begin_inset Float table
23329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23330 \begin_inset Caption
23332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23333 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23335 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23339 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23349 \begin_inset Tabular
23350 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23351 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23352 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23353 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23385 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23412 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23439 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23472 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23499 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23526 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23560 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23587 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23621 \begin_layout Standard
23622 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23630 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23646 \begin_layout Standard
23647 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23648 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23653 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23654 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23655 Here an example where
23656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23667 denotes the set of numbers:
23668 \begin_inset Formula \[
23669 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23676 \begin_layout Standard
23677 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23679 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23683 \begin_inset space \space{}
23695 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23699 \begin_inset Newline newline
23702 So it is better not to use this feature.
23705 \begin_layout Standard
23706 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23707 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23711 \begin_inset Newline newline
23714 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23720 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23721 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23727 \begin_layout Standard
23734 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23737 \begin_layout Standard
23738 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23740 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23741 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23743 \begin_inset space ~
23751 \begin_layout Subsection
23753 \begin_inset Index idx
23756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23765 \begin_layout Standard
23766 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23768 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23772 \begin_inset space ~
23776 \begin_inset space ~
23784 \begin_inset space ~
23790 \begin_inset Graphics
23791 filename ../images/math/font.png
23802 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23803 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23804 Here is an example:
23805 \begin_inset Formula \[
23807 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23808 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}
23816 \begin_layout Subsection
23818 \begin_inset Index idx
23821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23830 \begin_layout Standard
23831 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23832 automatically chosen in most situations.
23850 For most characters,
23858 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
23859 and certain other structures, are set larger in
23864 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
23865 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
23867 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
23868 \begin_inset Graphics
23869 filename ../images/math/style.png
23874 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
23875 For example, you can set
23876 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
23879 , which is normally in
23888 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
23892 The four styles are used in the following example:
23895 \begin_layout Standard
23896 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
23900 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
23904 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
23908 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
23914 \begin_layout Standard
23915 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
23916 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
23918 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23920 \begin_inset space ~
23925 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
23926 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
23927 will be adjusted to correspond.
23928 As an example here is a formula in the font size
23929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23939 \begin_layout Standard
23943 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
23949 \begin_layout Section
23953 \begin_layout Standard
23954 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
23955 the document classes and into layout modules.
23956 \begin_inset Index idx
23959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23965 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
23966 other than the AMS classes.
23968 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23970 reference "sub:Modules"
23974 for more on layout modules.
23977 \begin_layout Section
23979 \begin_inset Index idx
23982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23989 \begin_inset Index idx
23992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24001 \begin_layout Standard
24002 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24003 (AMS) that are in common use.
24006 \begin_layout Subsection
24007 Enabling AMS-Support
24010 \begin_layout Standard
24011 Selecting the checkbox
24014 \begin_inset space ~
24018 \begin_inset space ~
24022 \begin_inset space ~
24029 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24033 \begin_inset Index idx
24036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24037 Document ! Settings
24045 \begin_inset space ~
24050 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24052 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24053 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24056 \begin_layout Subsection
24058 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24060 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24065 \begin_inset Index idx
24068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24069 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24077 \begin_layout Standard
24078 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24079 LyX allows you to choose between
24100 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24103 \begin_layout Chapter
24107 \begin_layout Section
24109 \begin_inset Index idx
24112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24119 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24121 name "sec:Cross-References"
24128 \begin_layout Standard
24129 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24130 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24132 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24133 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24134 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
24137 \begin_layout Enumerate
24141 \begin_layout Enumerate
24142 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24144 name "enu:Second-item"
24151 \begin_layout Enumerate
24155 \begin_layout Standard
24156 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24158 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24161 or by pressing the toolbar button
24162 \begin_inset Graphics
24163 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24169 A grey label box like this:
24170 \begin_inset Graphics
24171 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24176 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24177 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24187 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24192 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24200 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24204 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24208 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24212 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24213 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24217 \begin_inset space \space{}
24220 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
24221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24235 \begin_layout Standard
24236 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24238 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24241 or the toolbar button
24242 \begin_inset Graphics
24243 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24249 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24250 \begin_inset Graphics
24251 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24256 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
24258 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24271 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24275 \begin_layout Standard
24278 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24281 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
24286 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
24287 to the actual cursor position via the menu
24289 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24295 \begin_layout Standard
24296 Here is our cross-reference: Item
24297 \begin_inset space ~
24301 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24303 reference "enu:Second-item"
24310 \begin_layout Standard
24311 It is recommended to use a protected space
24315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24316 described in section
24317 \begin_inset space ~
24321 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24323 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24332 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24336 \begin_layout Standard
24337 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24340 \begin_layout Description
24341 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24342 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24344 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24351 \begin_layout Description
24352 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24353 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24355 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24359 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24363 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24365 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24372 \begin_layout Description
24373 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24374 \begin_inset space ~
24378 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24379 LatexCommand pageref
24380 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24387 \begin_layout Description
24389 \begin_inset space ~
24393 \begin_inset space ~
24396 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24397 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24398 LatexCommand vpageref
24399 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24406 \begin_layout Description
24408 \begin_inset space ~
24412 \begin_inset space ~
24416 \begin_inset space ~
24419 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24421 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24423 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24430 \begin_layout Description
24432 \begin_inset space ~
24435 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24436 \begin_inset Newline newline
24440 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24448 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24453 \begin_inset Index idx
24456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24457 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24470 \begin_layout Standard
24471 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24472 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24474 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24478 \begin_inset space \space{}
24482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24496 \begin_layout Standard
24497 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output,
24498 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24499 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24503 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24507 \begin_layout Standard
24508 You can only use the style
24512 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24516 is always possible.
24519 \begin_layout Standard
24520 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24521 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24522 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24523 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24524 \begin_inset space ~
24528 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24530 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24537 \begin_layout Standard
24541 \begin_inset space ~
24545 \begin_inset space ~
24550 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referenced
24552 The button text changes then to
24555 \begin_inset space ~
24560 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24561 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24562 referred label and you can go back with the toolbar button
24563 \begin_inset Graphics
24564 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
24565 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
24566 rotateOrigin center
24573 \begin_layout Standard
24574 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24575 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24576 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24579 \begin_layout Standard
24580 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you'll see two question
24581 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24584 \begin_layout Standard
24585 References are described in detail in the
24592 \begin_layout Section
24593 Table of Contents and other Listings
24594 \begin_inset Index idx
24597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24604 \begin_inset Index idx
24607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24614 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24623 \begin_layout Subsection
24625 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24627 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24634 \begin_layout Standard
24635 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24637 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24638 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24640 \begin_inset space ~
24644 \begin_inset space ~
24650 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24651 If you click on it, the
24655 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24656 sections in your documents.
24657 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24659 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24662 that is described in sec.
24663 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24667 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24669 reference "sec:Navigating"
24676 \begin_layout Standard
24677 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
24678 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24680 \begin_inset space ~
24684 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24686 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24690 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24692 \begin_inset space ~
24696 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24698 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24702 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24704 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24707 \begin_layout Subsection
24708 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
24709 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24711 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
24718 \begin_layout Standard
24719 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24720 You can insert them via the
24722 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24724 \begin_inset space ~
24728 \begin_inset space ~
24734 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24737 \begin_layout Section
24738 URLs and Hyperlinks
24739 \begin_inset Index idx
24742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24749 \begin_inset Index idx
24752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24761 \begin_layout Subsection
24763 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24772 \begin_layout Standard
24773 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24775 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24781 \begin_layout Standard
24782 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24783 \begin_inset Flex URL
24786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24796 \begin_layout Standard
24797 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24803 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24807 \begin_layout Standard
24808 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24816 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
24824 \begin_layout Subsection
24826 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24828 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
24835 \begin_layout Standard
24836 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
24838 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24841 or with the toolbar button
24842 \begin_inset Graphics
24843 filename ../images/href-insert.png
24844 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24849 The appearing dialog has two fields:
24858 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
24859 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
24860 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24862 name "LyX's homepage"
24863 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24867 , an Email address like this:
24868 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24870 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
24871 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
24876 , or a link to a file.
24879 \begin_layout Standard
24880 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
24882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24893 to the link target.
24896 \begin_layout Standard
24897 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
24898 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
24899 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
24900 the text style dialog.
24901 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
24905 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24907 name "LyX's homepage"
24908 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24915 \begin_layout Standard
24916 The link text color can be changed, when the option
24920 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
24922 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24923 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24927 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
24929 \begin_inset Newline newline
24937 \begin_inset Newline newline
24944 in the PDF Properties dialog.
24947 \begin_layout Section
24949 \begin_inset Index idx
24952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24959 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24961 name "sec:Appendices"
24968 \begin_layout Standard
24969 Appendices are created with the menu
24971 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24973 \begin_inset space ~
24977 \begin_inset space ~
24983 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
24984 as the appendix region.
24985 The region is marked with a red borderline.
24988 \begin_layout Standard
24989 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
24990 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
24991 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
24992 and the subsection number.
24993 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
24997 \begin_layout Standard
24999 \begin_inset space ~
25003 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25005 reference "cha:Credits"
25010 \begin_inset space ~
25014 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25016 reference "sub:Export"
25023 \begin_layout Section
25025 \begin_inset Index idx
25028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25035 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25037 name "sec:Bibliography"
25044 \begin_layout Standard
25045 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25046 You can include a bibliography database,
25050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25051 Known under the name
25052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25056 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25064 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25065 manually, using the paragraph environment
25069 , which was described in section
25070 \begin_inset space ~
25074 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25076 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25081 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25082 document, like author-year cituations, then you must
25086 use a bibliography database.
25089 \begin_layout Subsection
25090 The Bibliography Environment
25093 \begin_layout Standard
25098 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25100 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25109 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25111 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25120 , a short form of its title, as key.
25123 \begin_layout Standard
25124 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25126 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25129 or the toolbar button
25130 \begin_inset Graphics
25131 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25132 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25137 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25138 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25139 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25140 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25144 \begin_layout Standard
25145 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
25146 entry with surrounding brackets.
25151 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25152 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25164 \begin_layout Standard
25167 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25170 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25172 key "latexcompanion"
25179 \begin_layout Standard
25180 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25181 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25190 \begin_layout Subsection
25191 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25192 \begin_inset Index idx
25195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25196 Bibliography ! Databases
25202 \begin_inset Index idx
25205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25206 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25212 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25214 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25221 \begin_layout Standard
25222 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25228 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25230 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25231 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25236 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25238 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25239 your working field in a database.
25240 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25241 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25243 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25247 \begin_layout Standard
25248 The database is a text file with the file extension
25249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25260 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25261 The format is explained in
25262 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25268 and in LaTeX books (
25269 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25271 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25276 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25277 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25278 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25279 \begin_inset Flex URL
25282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25284 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25292 \begin_layout Standard
25293 To use a database, use the menu
25295 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25300 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25313 \begin_inset space ~
25319 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25320 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25323 Add bibliography to TOC
25325 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25330 drop box you can select what part of the database should be output.
25333 \begin_layout Standard
25334 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25346 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25347 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25348 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25350 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25356 For information how this is done, have a look at
25357 \begin_inset Newline newline
25361 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25363 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25375 \begin_layout Standard
25376 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25379 \begin_layout Standard
25380 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25381 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25384 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25412 \begin_inset space ~
25418 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25424 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25433 \begin_layout Standard
25434 When you select the option
25436 Sectioned bibliography
25440 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25443 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25444 This and other options are explained in detail in section
25446 Customizing Bibliographies
25454 Additional Features
25459 \begin_layout Standard
25460 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25461 the two methods of creating them.
25462 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25463 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25464 We used the style file
25468 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25471 \begin_layout Subsection
25472 Bibliography layout
25473 \begin_inset Index idx
25476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25477 Bibliography ! Layout
25485 \begin_layout Standard
25486 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25487 For this feature you need to enable the option
25493 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25497 \begin_inset Index idx
25500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25501 Document ! Settings
25511 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25512 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25513 in the previous section.
25516 \begin_layout Standard
25517 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25518 in the citation reference window.
25519 Here an example where we set the text
25520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25524 \begin_inset space ~
25528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25531 to appear after the reference:
25534 \begin_layout Standard
25536 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25539 key "latexcompanion"
25546 \begin_layout Section
25548 \begin_inset Index idx
25551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25558 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25567 \begin_layout Standard
25568 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25570 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25572 \begin_inset space ~
25577 or the toolbar button
25578 \begin_inset Graphics
25579 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25580 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25586 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25594 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25597 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25598 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25599 by LyX as the index entry.
25602 \begin_layout Standard
25603 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25604 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25606 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25608 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25615 \begin_layout Standard
25616 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
25618 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25620 \begin_inset space ~
25624 \begin_inset space ~
25627 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25629 \begin_inset space ~
25635 A light blue box labeled
25636 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25647 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25648 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25651 \begin_layout Subsection
25652 Grouping Index Entries
25653 \begin_inset Index idx
25656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25665 \begin_layout Standard
25666 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25668 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25669 lists under the entry
25670 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25674 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25678 First we create the entry
25679 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25683 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25687 \begin_inset space ~
25691 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25693 reference "sub:Lists"
25698 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25699 \begin_inset space ~
25703 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25705 reference "sec:Itemize"
25709 , we insert the command
25712 \begin_layout Standard
25718 \begin_layout Standard
25722 \begin_layout Standard
25728 \begin_layout Standard
25729 for the enumerated list in section
25730 \begin_inset space ~
25734 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25736 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25743 \begin_layout Standard
25744 The exclamation mark
25745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25752 marks the grouping levels.
25753 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25754 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25755 If we don't have an index entry for
25756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25763 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25766 \begin_layout Subsection
25768 \begin_inset Index idx
25771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25772 Index ! Page ranges
25780 \begin_layout Standard
25781 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25783 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25784 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25786 \begin_inset space ~
25790 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25792 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25799 \begin_layout Standard
25802 Paragraph environments|(
25805 \begin_layout Standard
25806 and another entry at the end of section
25807 \begin_inset space ~
25811 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25813 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25820 \begin_layout Standard
25823 Paragraph environments|)
25826 \begin_layout Standard
25828 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25836 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25840 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25848 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25851 respectively start and end the index range.
25852 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
25853 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
25854 the pages of the indexed document parts.
25855 An example is the index entry
25856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25859 Document ! Settings
25860 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25866 \begin_layout Subsection
25868 \begin_inset Index idx
25871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25872 Index ! Cross referencing
25880 \begin_layout Standard
25881 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
25882 We referred for example in the index entry
25883 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25887 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25891 \begin_inset space ~
25895 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25897 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
25901 ) to the index entry
25902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25909 in the same section using the entry
25912 \begin_layout Standard
25915 GIF|see{Image formats}
25918 \begin_layout Standard
25919 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
25920 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
25921 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
25924 \begin_layout Subsection
25926 \begin_inset Index idx
25929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25930 Index ! Entry order
25938 \begin_layout Standard
25939 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
25940 then not follow the rules for the index order.
25941 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
25945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25946 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
25948 \begin_inset space ~
25952 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25954 reference "sub:Index-Program"
25963 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
25964 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
25965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25981 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25985 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25989 \begin_inset Index idx
25992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25993 Dummy entries ! maïs
25999 \begin_inset Index idx
26002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26003 Dummy entries ! maître
26009 \begin_inset Index idx
26012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26013 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26018 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26019 order maïs, maison, maître.
26020 To achieve this, we use the command
26023 \begin_layout Standard
26026 previous entry@current entry
26029 \begin_layout Standard
26030 In our case we want to have
26031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26035 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26039 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26043 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26046 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26049 \begin_layout Standard
26055 \begin_layout Standard
26056 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26057 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26061 \begin_layout Standard
26062 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26068 \begin_layout Standard
26069 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
26074 to generate the index (see sec.
26075 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26079 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26081 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26090 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
26092 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26096 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26098 reference "sub:Document-Font"
26102 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
26103 index commands start with
26104 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26112 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26116 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
26121 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
26124 \begin_layout Standard
26136 \begin_layout Standard
26148 \begin_layout Subsection
26150 \begin_inset Index idx
26153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26154 Index ! Entry layout
26162 \begin_layout Standard
26163 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26164 \begin_inset Index idx
26167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26170 This is an italic dummy entry
26175 You can also format the page number using the character
26176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26183 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26184 We can write for example
26187 \begin_layout Standard
26190 italic page number:|textit
26193 \begin_layout Standard
26194 to get the page number in italic.
26195 \begin_inset Index idx
26198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26199 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26204 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26206 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26214 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26222 \begin_inset space ~
26228 Have a look at section
26229 \begin_inset space ~
26233 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26235 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26239 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26242 \begin_layout Standard
26243 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26251 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26255 to generate the index, see sec.
26256 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26260 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26262 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26271 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
26272 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26274 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26277 key "latexcompanion"
26289 \begin_layout Standard
26290 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26292 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26293 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26294 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26295 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26296 If so, put the following in the preamble
26299 \begin_layout Standard
26311 \begin_layout Standard
26315 \begin_layout Standard
26321 \begin_layout Standard
26322 in the index entry.
26323 \begin_inset Index idx
26326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26327 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26332 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26333 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26334 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26337 \begin_layout Standard
26338 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26340 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26344 \begin_inset space \space{}
26347 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26348 for all index entries.
26349 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
26361 documentation for details,
26362 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26364 key "makeindex,xindy"
26371 \begin_layout Subsection
26373 \begin_inset Index idx
26376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26383 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26385 name "sub:Index-Program"
26392 \begin_layout Standard
26393 If the index entry program
26397 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
26401 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
26405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26410 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
26411 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
26412 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
26413 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26414 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
26424 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26425 dialog, see section
26426 \begin_inset space ~
26430 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26432 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26437 The available options are listed and explained in
26438 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26440 key "makeindex,xindy"
26445 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
26449 \begin_layout Standard
26450 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
26451 given document, you can define the programm and\SpecialChar \slash{}
26454 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26455 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26456 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26460 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
26461 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
26464 \begin_layout Subsection
26468 \begin_layout Standard
26469 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
26470 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
26471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26475 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26478 next to the standard index.
26479 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
26480 packages that add this feature.
26486 \begin_inset Index idx
26489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26490 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
26495 package to generate multiple indexes.
26496 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
26497 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
26498 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26505 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
26506 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
26507 Please consult the package's manual for details.
26510 \begin_layout Standard
26511 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
26513 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26514 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26515 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26522 Use multiple Indexes
26523 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26527 Note that the list of
26528 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26535 below already contains the standard index.
26536 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
26537 also appear as a heading) to the
26538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26542 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26545 input field and press the
26546 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26550 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26554 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
26555 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
26556 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
26557 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26560 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26562 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26566 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
26567 indexes in the LyX work area.
26570 \begin_layout Standard
26571 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
26574 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26576 \begin_inset space ~
26580 \begin_inset space ~
26589 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
26590 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
26591 are some additional features:
26594 \begin_layout Itemize
26595 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
26596 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
26599 \begin_layout Itemize
26600 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
26601 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
26602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26606 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26610 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
26612 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26615 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
26616 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
26617 to the non-subindexes.
26620 \begin_layout Section
26621 Nomenclature / Glossary
26622 \begin_inset Index idx
26625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26632 \begin_inset Index idx
26635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26664 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26666 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26673 \begin_layout Standard
26674 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26675 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
26679 \begin_layout Standard
26680 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26685 \begin_inset Index idx
26688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26689 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26695 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26696 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26702 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26705 \begin_layout Standard
26706 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26707 and then use the menu
26709 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26715 \begin_inset space ~
26720 or the toolbar button
26721 \begin_inset Graphics
26722 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26723 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26729 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26740 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26743 \begin_layout Standard
26744 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26745 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26746 The second is the description of the symbol.
26749 \begin_layout Standard
26750 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26758 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26766 \begin_layout Subsection
26767 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26768 \begin_inset Index idx
26771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26772 Nomenclature ! Layout
26780 \begin_layout Standard
26781 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26785 field as LaTeX-formulas.
26787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26791 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26799 \begin_inset Newline newline
26807 \begin_inset Newline newline
26813 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26820 character starts/ends the formula.
26821 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26823 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26829 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26833 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26843 \begin_layout Standard
26844 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26845 \begin_inset space ~
26849 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26851 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26858 \begin_layout Standard
26862 \begin_inset space ~
26867 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26868 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26869 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26873 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26877 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26880 in this document is:
26881 \begin_inset Newline newline
26886 dummy entry for the character
26891 \begin_inset Newline newline
26903 \begin_inset space ~
26913 font use the command
26942 \begin_layout Subsection
26943 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26944 \begin_inset Index idx
26947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26948 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26956 \begin_layout Standard
26957 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26958 the symbol definition.
26959 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26960 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26963 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26964 LatexCommand nomenclature
26966 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
26973 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26977 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26978 LatexCommand nomenclature
26981 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
26986 They will be sorted by
26987 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26995 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27013 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27016 will be sorted before the
27020 since the character
27021 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27025 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27028 is considered in sorting.
27031 \begin_layout Standard
27032 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27035 \begin_inset space ~
27040 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27041 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27043 For the example given, you can insert
27047 in this field for the
27048 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27055 will be located before
27056 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27062 \begin_layout Standard
27063 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27068 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27077 \begin_layout Subsection
27078 Nomenclature Options
27079 \begin_inset Index idx
27082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27083 Nomenclature ! Options
27091 \begin_layout Standard
27096 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27097 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27100 \begin_layout Description
27101 refeq Appends the phrase
27102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27114 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27117 to every nomenclature entry, where
27123 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27126 \begin_layout Description
27127 refpage Appends the phrase
27128 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27143 to every nomenclature entry, where
27149 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27152 \begin_layout Description
27153 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27156 \begin_layout Standard
27157 There are furthermore the options
27201 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27205 \begin_layout Standard
27206 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27207 class options list in the
27209 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27213 In this document the option
27220 \begin_layout Standard
27221 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27227 \begin_layout Standard
27228 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27229 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27234 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27237 \begin_layout Description
27247 \begin_layout Description
27250 nomrefpage Like the
27257 \begin_layout Description
27260 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27269 \begin_layout Description
27273 \begin_inset space ~
27279 \begin_inset space ~
27284 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27287 \begin_layout Subsection
27288 Printing the Nomenclature
27289 \begin_inset Index idx
27292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27293 Nomenclature ! Printing
27301 \begin_layout Standard
27302 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27304 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27306 \begin_inset space ~
27310 \begin_inset space ~
27313 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27317 A light blue box labeled
27318 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27329 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27330 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27333 \begin_layout Standard
27334 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27339 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27343 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27351 For example, in order to change the name to
27355 , add the following line to the preamble:
27358 \begin_layout Standard
27366 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27369 \begin_layout Standard
27370 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27376 \begin_layout Standard
27377 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27378 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27381 \begin_layout Standard
27389 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27392 \begin_layout Standard
27395 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27396 \begin_inset space ~
27400 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27402 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27407 The default value is 1
27408 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27414 \begin_layout Subsection
27415 Nomenclature Program
27416 \begin_inset Index idx
27419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27420 Nomenclature ! Program
27426 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27428 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
27435 \begin_layout Standard
27436 LyX uses the program
27440 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
27441 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
27446 by adding options, see section
27447 \begin_inset space ~
27451 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27453 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27458 The available options are listed and explained in
27459 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27461 key "nomencl,makeindex"
27468 \begin_layout Section
27470 \begin_inset Index idx
27473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27480 \begin_inset Index idx
27483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27484 Document ! Branches
27490 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27492 name "sec:Branches"
27499 \begin_layout Standard
27500 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27501 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27502 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27503 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27506 \begin_layout Standard
27507 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
27508 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27509 To create a branch, go in the
27511 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27519 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27520 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27523 \begin_layout Standard
27524 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27525 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27527 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27530 where you can choose a branch.
27531 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27534 \begin_layout Standard
27535 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27536 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27539 \begin_layout Standard
27540 \begin_inset Branch Question
27543 \begin_layout Standard
27544 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27552 \begin_layout Standard
27553 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27556 \begin_layout Standard
27557 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27565 \begin_layout Standard
27566 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27572 \begin_layout Standard
27573 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27574 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27576 For example you can define for the question branch
27580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27581 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27582 \begin_inset space ~
27586 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27588 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27600 \begin_layout Standard
27610 \begin_layout Standard
27620 \begin_layout Standard
27621 and for the answer branch
27624 \begin_layout Standard
27634 \begin_layout Standard
27644 \begin_layout Standard
27645 \begin_inset Branch Question
27648 \begin_layout Standard
27652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27680 \begin_layout Standard
27681 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27684 \begin_layout Standard
27688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27716 \begin_layout Standard
27717 Now it is possible to use the commands
27721 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27728 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27731 to obtain conditional output.
27732 Here is an example formula where only the
27739 \begin_inset Formula \[
27740 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27747 \begin_layout Standard
27748 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
27756 \begin_layout Section
27758 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27760 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
27765 \begin_inset Index idx
27768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27777 \begin_layout Standard
27782 dialog allows you in the
27786 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
27787 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
27792 \begin_inset Index idx
27795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27796 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
27804 \begin_layout Standard
27809 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
27810 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
27811 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
27813 You can specify in the dialog tab
27817 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
27819 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
27820 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
27824 \begin_layout Standard
27829 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
27830 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
27831 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
27833 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
27834 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
27836 \begin_inset space ~
27839 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
27840 \begin_inset space ~
27843 1 will only display the sections.
27846 \begin_layout Standard
27847 The header information in the dialog tab
27851 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
27852 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
27853 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27857 \begin_inset space \space{}
27860 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
27861 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
27864 Automatic fill header
27866 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
27867 title and author settings.
27870 \begin_layout Standard
27873 Load in fullscreen mode
27875 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
27878 \begin_layout Standard
27879 PDF properties are also used in this document.
27880 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
27886 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
27887 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27896 \begin_layout Section
27897 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
27898 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27900 name "sec:TeX-Code"
27907 \begin_layout Subsection
27909 \begin_inset Index idx
27912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27919 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27921 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
27928 \begin_layout Standard
27929 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27930 constructs, but not all.
27931 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27932 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
27933 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
27934 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
27935 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
27939 \begin_layout Standard
27940 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27942 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
27944 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27946 \begin_inset space ~
27951 or by the toolbar button
27952 \begin_inset Graphics
27953 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27958 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
27962 \begin_layout Standard
27963 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
27964 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27965 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word are therefore using
27972 , you can write the command part
27978 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
27982 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
27983 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
27984 the following example:
27987 \begin_layout Standard
27988 \begin_inset Graphics
27989 filename clipart/ERT.png
27997 \begin_layout Standard
28001 \begin_layout Standard
28002 This is a line with a
28006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28029 \begin_layout Standard
28030 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28038 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
28039 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
28047 \begin_layout Subsection
28048 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
28049 \begin_inset OptArg
28052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28059 \begin_inset Index idx
28062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28069 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28071 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28078 \begin_layout Standard
28079 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
28080 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
28081 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
28082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28086 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28090 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
28091 any time if you know the right commands.
28093 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28097 \begin_inset space \space{}
28100 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
28102 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
28103 all caption labels bold.
28104 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
28106 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
28110 \begin_layout Standard
28111 Now LaTeX comes into play.
28112 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
28113 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
28115 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28124 \begin_layout Standard
28125 As result you know that the package
28130 \begin_inset Index idx
28133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28134 LaTeX-packages ! caption
28140 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
28142 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28148 \begin_layout Standard
28153 usepackage[options]{package name}
28156 \begin_layout Standard
28157 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
28158 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
28159 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
28162 \begin_layout Standard
28163 In your case the package name is
28168 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
28173 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
28174 So you add the command
28177 \begin_layout Standard
28182 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
28185 \begin_layout Standard
28186 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
28190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28191 For more commands provided by the
28195 package, have a look at its documentation,
28196 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28210 \begin_layout Standard
28211 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28213 For example if you use a
28217 class, you don't need the package
28221 , you can instead write
28224 \begin_layout Standard
28229 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28234 \begin_layout Standard
28235 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28236 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28237 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28244 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
28247 \begin_layout Standard
28248 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
28249 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28251 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28252 the previous section.
28255 \begin_layout Standard
28256 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28258 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28260 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28268 \begin_layout Section
28269 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28270 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28272 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28277 \begin_inset Index idx
28280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28287 \begin_inset Index idx
28290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28299 \begin_layout Standard
28300 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28301 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28302 to break your train of thought with
28304 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28310 \begin_layout Standard
28311 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28312 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28317 \begin_inset Index idx
28320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28321 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28326 as explained below, and turn on
28329 \begin_inset space ~
28336 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28340 \begin_inset space ~
28344 \begin_inset space ~
28347 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28352 \begin_inset space ~
28357 is the multiplication factor for the size.
28360 \begin_layout Standard
28361 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28363 Previews of an already loaded document are
28367 generated just by selecting the
28370 \begin_inset space ~
28375 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28378 \begin_layout Standard
28379 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28380 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28383 \begin_inset space ~
28388 check box in the insert dialog.
28389 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28393 \begin_layout Standard
28394 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28398 (on some systems named simply
28403 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28405 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28411 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28412 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28420 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28424 \begin_layout Standard
28425 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28431 \begin_layout Standard
28432 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28436 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28438 \begin_inset space ~
28443 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28444 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28446 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28447 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28448 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28449 the source view window.
28452 \begin_layout Section
28454 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28456 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28461 \begin_inset Index idx
28464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28473 \begin_layout Standard
28474 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28475 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28492 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28498 can be seen as the successor to
28502 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28507 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28508 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28516 \begin_layout Standard
28517 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28518 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28525 \begin_layout Standard
28528 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28531 or the toolbar button
28532 \begin_inset Graphics
28533 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
28534 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
28538 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28539 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28540 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28541 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28542 scrolled so that it is visible.
28547 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28549 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28553 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28554 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28557 \begin_layout Standard
28558 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
28561 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28565 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28566 will bring an error message.
28567 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28568 specifying a different
28570 Alternative language
28572 in preferences dialog.
28575 \begin_layout Standard
28576 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
28579 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28583 \begin_layout Standard
28584 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28585 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28587 But you can use the
28590 \begin_inset space ~
28594 \begin_inset space ~
28602 \begin_layout Standard
28603 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28604 This does work with
28608 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28611 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28615 \begin_layout Standard
28620 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28623 \begin_layout Description
28625 \begin_inset space ~
28628 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28629 should consider, e.
28630 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28634 \begin_inset space \space{}
28637 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
28638 This should not normally be needed.
28641 \begin_layout Description
28643 \begin_inset space ~
28646 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
28647 the spell checker's default choice
28650 \begin_layout Description
28652 \begin_inset space ~
28656 \begin_inset space ~
28659 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28665 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28671 \begin_layout Description
28673 \begin_inset space ~
28677 \begin_inset space ~
28680 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28682 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28689 also for the spellchecker.
28693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28694 The encodings are explained in section
28695 \begin_inset space ~
28699 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28701 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
28710 Only enable this if you use
28714 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28715 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28716 so this is disabled by default.
28719 \begin_layout Section
28721 \begin_inset Index idx
28724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28731 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28733 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28740 \begin_layout Standard
28741 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
28742 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
28751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28752 \begin_inset CommandInset href
28754 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
28763 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
28764 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
28765 are available for many languages.
28768 \begin_layout Standard
28769 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
28773 \begin_layout Subsection
28774 Setting up the thesaurus
28777 \begin_layout Standard
28782 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
28787 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
28792 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
28794 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28798 en_EN for English).
28799 For instance, the English files are named:
28802 \begin_layout Itemize
28806 \begin_layout Itemize
28810 \begin_layout Standard
28811 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
28812 already on your system.
28813 If not, you can get dictionaries from the site
28814 \begin_inset Flex URL
28817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28819 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
28825 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
28830 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
28832 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
28833 unpack a zip archive.
28836 \begin_layout Standard
28845 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
28846 s), and specify the path to this directory in
28848 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28849 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28853 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
28856 \begin_layout Subsection
28857 Using the thesaurus
28860 \begin_layout Standard
28861 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
28863 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28866 or the toolbar button
28867 \begin_inset Graphics
28868 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28869 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28870 rotateOrigin center
28874 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
28876 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28878 The proposals are grouped into categories.
28879 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
28880 and hyponyms (such as
28888 ), compounds (such as
28892 ) and antonyms (such as
28900 ), which are marked as such.
28903 \begin_layout Standard
28904 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
28905 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
28909 \begin_layout Standard
28910 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
28911 the dictionary, such as the above
28915 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
28916 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28920 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
28921 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
28922 For example looking up the word forms
28930 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
28935 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
28936 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28948 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
28949 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
28950 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
28953 \begin_layout Subsection
28954 License of the Thesaurus library
28957 \begin_layout Standard
28962 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
28967 as a standalone program.
28968 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
28969 The library was released under the
28971 Berkeley Database License
28973 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
28974 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
28975 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
28977 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
28980 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
28984 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
28987 \begin_layout Section
28989 \begin_inset Index idx
28992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28999 \begin_inset Index idx
29002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29003 Document ! Change Tracking
29009 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29011 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
29018 \begin_layout Standard
29019 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
29020 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
29021 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
29022 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
29024 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29026 \begin_inset space ~
29029 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29031 \begin_inset space ~
29039 \begin_layout Standard
29040 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
29054 The color depends on the author that made the change.
29055 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
29058 \begin_inset space ~
29062 \begin_inset space ~
29072 \begin_inset Index idx
29075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29076 Color ! Change tracking
29081 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
29082 the cursor is in changed text.
29083 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
29084 \begin_inset Graphics
29085 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29086 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29087 rotateOrigin center
29094 \begin_layout Standard
29095 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
29096 \begin_inset Index idx
29099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29108 \begin_layout Standard
29109 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29115 \begin_layout Standard
29116 \begin_inset Graphics
29117 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
29124 \begin_layout Standard
29125 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29131 \begin_layout Standard
29132 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
29136 \begin_layout Standard
29137 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29143 \begin_layout Standard
29144 \begin_inset Tabular
29145 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
29146 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
29147 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29148 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29149 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29154 \begin_inset Graphics
29155 filename ../images/changes-track.png
29156 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29157 rotateOrigin center
29166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29172 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29174 \begin_inset space ~
29177 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29179 \begin_inset space ~
29188 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29193 \begin_inset Graphics
29194 filename ../images/changes-output.png
29195 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29196 rotateOrigin center
29205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29211 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29213 \begin_inset space ~
29216 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29218 \begin_inset space ~
29222 \begin_inset space ~
29226 \begin_inset space ~
29235 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29240 \begin_inset Graphics
29241 filename ../images/change-next.png
29242 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29243 rotateOrigin center
29252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29256 Jumps to the next change
29262 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29267 \begin_inset Graphics
29268 filename ../images/change-accept.png
29269 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29270 rotateOrigin center
29279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29285 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29287 \begin_inset space ~
29290 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29292 \begin_inset space ~
29301 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29306 \begin_inset Graphics
29307 filename ../images/change-reject.png
29308 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29309 rotateOrigin center
29318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29324 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29326 \begin_inset space ~
29329 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29331 \begin_inset space ~
29340 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29345 \begin_inset Graphics
29346 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29347 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29348 rotateOrigin center
29357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29363 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29365 \begin_inset space ~
29368 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29370 \begin_inset space ~
29379 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29384 \begin_inset Graphics
29385 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
29386 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29387 rotateOrigin center
29396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29402 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29404 \begin_inset space ~
29407 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29409 \begin_inset space ~
29413 \begin_inset space ~
29422 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29427 \begin_inset Graphics
29428 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29429 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29430 rotateOrigin center
29439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29445 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29447 \begin_inset space ~
29450 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29452 \begin_inset space ~
29456 \begin_inset space ~
29465 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29470 \begin_inset Graphics
29471 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29472 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29473 rotateOrigin center
29482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29488 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29489 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29491 \begin_inset space ~
29500 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29505 \begin_inset Graphics
29506 filename ../images/note-next.png
29507 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29508 rotateOrigin center
29517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29523 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29525 \begin_inset space ~
29541 \begin_layout Standard
29542 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29548 \begin_layout Standard
29549 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
29550 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29551 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
29552 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29553 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29554 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29555 step to the next change.
29556 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
29559 \begin_layout Standard
29560 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29561 to describe a change.
29564 \begin_layout Standard
29565 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29570 \begin_inset Index idx
29573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29574 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29580 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29581 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29587 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29590 \begin_layout Section
29591 International Support
29592 \begin_inset Index idx
29595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29596 International support
29604 \begin_layout Standard
29605 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29606 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29607 how to set up LyX to use them:
29608 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29610 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29617 \begin_layout Standard
29618 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29619 \begin_inset space ~
29623 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29625 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29632 \begin_layout Subsection
29634 \begin_inset Index idx
29637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29644 \begin_inset Index idx
29647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29648 Document ! Settings
29654 \begin_inset Index idx
29657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29658 Document ! Language
29666 \begin_layout Standard
29669 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29672 dialog lets you set
29674 the language and character encoding for your language.
29678 \begin_layout Standard
29679 Choose your language in the
29683 section of this dialog.
29691 \begin_layout Standard
29696 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
29701 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29702 For details about the different encoding options see section
29703 \begin_inset space ~
29707 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29709 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29716 \begin_layout Subsection
29717 Keyboard mapping configuration
29718 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29720 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29727 \begin_layout Standard
29728 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
29729 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29730 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29731 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29732 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29734 \begin_inset space ~
29738 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29740 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29745 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29746 which one you want to use.
29749 \begin_layout Standard
29750 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29751 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29752 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29753 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29754 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29755 one to support the characters you want.
29756 This and many other customizations are explained in the
29763 \begin_layout Subsection
29767 \begin_layout Standard
29769 \begin_inset space ~
29773 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29775 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29784 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29788 \begin_layout Standard
29789 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29790 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29798 \begin_layout Itemize
29799 Even if you have selected
29805 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29808 dialog, users who have only the
29812 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29816 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29817 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29818 french quotes won't show up.
29821 \begin_layout Standard
29822 \begin_inset Float table
29827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29828 \begin_inset Caption
29830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29831 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29833 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29851 \begin_inset Tabular
29852 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29853 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
29854 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29855 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29856 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29857 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29858 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29859 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29860 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29861 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29862 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29863 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29864 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29865 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29866 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29867 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29868 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29869 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29870 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30723 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34283 \begin_layout Standard
34284 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
34286 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
34287 also the characters from
34299 \begin_layout Itemize
34308 \begin_layout Standard
34309 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
34310 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34316 \begin_layout Standard
34317 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
34318 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34324 \begin_layout Standard
34325 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
34326 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34332 \begin_layout Standard
34333 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
34334 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34340 \begin_layout Standard
34342 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34348 \begin_layout Standard
34350 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34356 \begin_layout Standard
34358 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34365 \begin_layout Itemize
34378 \begin_layout Standard
34380 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34386 \begin_layout Standard
34388 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34394 \begin_layout Standard
34396 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34402 \begin_layout Standard
34404 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34410 \begin_layout Standard
34412 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34418 \begin_layout Standard
34420 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34427 \begin_layout Standard
34428 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34429 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34430 Also make sure you're using the
34437 \begin_layout Chapter
34440 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34442 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34449 \begin_layout Standard
34450 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
34451 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
34452 topic inside the user's guide.
34455 \begin_layout Section
34457 \begin_inset Index idx
34460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34469 \begin_layout Standard
34474 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34475 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34478 \begin_layout Subsection
34482 \begin_layout Standard
34483 Creates a new document.
34486 \begin_layout Subsection
34490 \begin_layout Standard
34491 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
34492 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34493 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34496 \begin_layout Subsection
34500 \begin_layout Standard
34504 \begin_layout Subsection
34508 \begin_layout Standard
34509 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34510 Click there on a file to open it.
34513 \begin_layout Subsection
34517 \begin_layout Standard
34518 Closes the current document.
34521 \begin_layout Subsection
34525 \begin_layout Standard
34526 Saves the actual document.
34529 \begin_layout Subsection
34533 \begin_layout Standard
34534 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34537 \begin_layout Subsection
34541 \begin_layout Standard
34542 Saves all opened documents.
34545 \begin_layout Subsection
34549 \begin_layout Standard
34550 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34553 \begin_layout Subsection
34557 \begin_layout Standard
34558 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34559 It is described in the section
34561 Version Control in LyX
34565 Additional Features
34570 \begin_layout Subsection
34574 \begin_layout Standard
34575 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
34576 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
34577 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
34578 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34581 \begin_layout Standard
34582 When using the menu entry
34585 \begin_inset space ~
34590 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
34594 \begin_inset space ~
34598 \begin_inset space ~
34603 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
34604 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
34607 \begin_layout Subsection
34609 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34618 \begin_layout Standard
34619 You can export your document to various file formats.
34620 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34621 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34622 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34625 \begin_layout Standard
34626 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
34628 \begin_inset space ~
34632 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34634 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34641 \begin_layout Description
34645 \begin_inset space ~
34650 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34651 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34654 \begin_layout Description
34662 \begin_layout Description
34663 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34667 \begin_layout Description
34669 \begin_inset space ~
34673 \begin_inset space ~
34676 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34680 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34688 \begin_layout Description
34695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34703 \begin_inset space ~
34708 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34709 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
34713 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34716 \begin_layout Description
34723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34731 \begin_inset space ~
34736 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34737 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34745 \begin_layout Description
34747 \begin_inset space ~
34750 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34758 is replaced by the version number)
34761 \begin_layout Description
34762 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34775 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34779 \begin_layout Description
34783 \begin_inset space ~
34788 PDF-format using the program
34793 \begin_layout Description
34797 \begin_inset space ~
34802 PDF-format using the program
34807 \begin_layout Description
34811 \begin_inset space ~
34816 PDF-format using the program
34821 \begin_layout Description
34825 \begin_inset space ~
34833 \begin_layout Description
34837 \begin_inset space ~
34841 \begin_inset space ~
34846 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34847 and then exported as text using the program
34852 \begin_layout Description
34857 PostScript format using the program
34862 \begin_layout Description
34870 \begin_layout Standard
34875 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34876 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34882 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34885 \begin_layout Standard
34886 If one of the menu entries
34893 \begin_inset space ~
34902 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34903 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34904 \begin_inset space ~
34908 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34910 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34915 \begin_inset Index idx
34918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34919 Reconfiguration of LyX
34927 \begin_layout Standard
34932 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34933 the export program.
34936 \begin_layout Subsection
34940 \begin_layout Standard
34941 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
34942 format or send it to a printer.
34943 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34944 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34950 For more information have a look at section
34951 \begin_inset space ~
34955 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34957 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34964 \begin_layout Subsection
34968 \begin_layout Standard
34969 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
34970 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
34971 prefix, see section
34972 \begin_inset space ~
34976 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34978 reference "sec:Paths"
34983 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
34992 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
34993 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
34994 \begin_inset space ~
34998 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35000 reference "sub:Converters"
35007 \begin_layout Subsection
35008 New and Close Window
35011 \begin_layout Standard
35012 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
35015 \begin_layout Subsection
35019 \begin_layout Standard
35020 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
35023 \begin_layout Section
35025 \begin_inset Index idx
35028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35037 \begin_layout Subsection
35041 \begin_layout Standard
35042 Described in section
35043 \begin_inset space ~
35047 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35049 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
35056 \begin_layout Subsection
35057 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
35060 \begin_layout Standard
35061 Described in section
35062 \begin_inset space ~
35066 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35068 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35075 \begin_layout Subsection
35079 \begin_layout Standard
35080 Selects the whole document.
35083 \begin_layout Subsection
35087 \begin_layout Standard
35088 Described in section
35089 \begin_inset space ~
35093 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35095 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35102 \begin_layout Subsection
35103 Move Paragraph Up/Down
35106 \begin_layout Standard
35107 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
35111 \begin_layout Subsection
35115 \begin_layout Standard
35116 Described in section
35117 \begin_inset space ~
35121 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35123 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
35130 \begin_layout Subsection
35132 \begin_inset Index idx
35135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35136 Paragraph ! Settings
35144 \begin_layout Standard
35145 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
35146 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
35149 \begin_layout Standard
35150 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
35151 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
35153 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35159 \begin_inset space ~
35167 \begin_layout Subsection
35168 Table Settings and Math
35171 \begin_layout Standard
35172 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
35174 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
35175 The properties of tables are described in section
35176 \begin_inset space ~
35180 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35182 reference "sec:Tables"
35186 , the properties of formulas in chapter
35187 \begin_inset space ~
35191 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35193 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35200 \begin_layout Subsection
35201 Increase / Decrease List Depth
35204 \begin_layout Standard
35205 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
35206 that can be nested.
35207 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
35208 \begin_inset space ~
35212 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35214 reference "sec:Nesting"
35219 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35221 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
35228 \begin_layout Section
35230 \begin_inset Index idx
35233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35242 \begin_layout Standard
35247 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
35248 document with an external program.
35249 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
35250 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
35251 All possible formats are formats listed in section
35252 \begin_inset space ~
35256 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35258 reference "sub:Export"
35263 You should at least see the menu entries
35270 \begin_inset space ~
35276 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35277 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35278 \begin_inset space ~
35282 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35284 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35289 \begin_inset Index idx
35292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35293 Reconfiguration of LyX
35301 \begin_layout Standard
35302 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
35303 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
35304 \begin_inset space ~
35308 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35310 reference "sec:File-Formats"
35315 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
35318 \begin_layout Standard
35319 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
35322 At the bottom of the
35326 menu the opened documents are listed.
35329 \begin_layout Subsection
35330 Open/Close all Insets
35333 \begin_layout Standard
35334 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
35337 \begin_layout Subsection
35338 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
35341 \begin_layout Standard
35342 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
35345 \begin_layout Standard
35346 Math macros are described in the
35353 \begin_layout Subsection
35357 \begin_layout Standard
35358 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
35360 \begin_inset space ~
35364 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35366 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35373 \begin_layout Subsection
35377 \begin_layout Standard
35378 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
35379 opening a new view window.
35382 \begin_layout Subsection
35386 \begin_layout Standard
35387 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
35388 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
35389 view the same document, but at different positions.
35390 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
35391 or more documents at the same time.
35392 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
35399 \begin_layout Subsection
35403 \begin_layout Standard
35404 Closes a split view.
35407 \begin_layout Subsection
35411 \begin_layout Standard
35412 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
35413 so that you will see nothing but your text.
35414 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
35415 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
35416 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the the context menu.
35419 \begin_layout Subsection
35421 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35423 name "sub:Toolbars"
35428 \begin_inset Index idx
35431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35440 \begin_layout Standard
35441 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
35442 All toolbars and the
35445 \begin_inset space ~
35450 can be turned on and off.
35455 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35467 \begin_inset space ~
35476 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35480 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35487 \begin_layout Standard
35492 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35496 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35497 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35498 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35499 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35500 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35503 \begin_layout Standard
35504 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
35505 \begin_inset space ~
35509 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35511 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35518 \begin_layout Section
35520 \begin_inset Index idx
35523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35532 \begin_layout Subsection
35536 \begin_layout Standard
35537 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35538 \begin_inset space ~
35542 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35544 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35555 \begin_layout Subsection
35557 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35559 name "sub:Special-Character"
35566 \begin_layout Standard
35567 Here you can insert the following characters:
35570 \begin_layout Description
35571 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35572 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35573 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35574 \begin_inset Newline newline
35578 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35586 Not all characters will be visible in the
35590 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
35592 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35596 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35598 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35602 ) can display every character.
35610 \begin_layout Description
35611 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35615 \begin_layout Description
35617 \begin_inset space ~
35621 \begin_inset space ~
35624 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35625 \begin_inset space ~
35629 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35631 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35638 \begin_layout Description
35640 \begin_inset space ~
35643 Quote Inserts this quote:
35644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35647 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35649 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35659 \begin_layout Description
35661 \begin_inset space ~
35664 Quote Inserts this quote:
35665 \begin_inset Quotes els
35671 \begin_layout Description
35673 \begin_inset space ~
35676 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35680 \begin_layout Description
35682 \begin_inset space ~
35685 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35689 \begin_layout Description
35691 \begin_inset space ~
35694 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35698 \begin_layout Description
35700 \begin_inset space ~
35704 \begin_inset Index idx
35707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35714 \begin_inset Index idx
35717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35718 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35723 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35724 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35725 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35730 \begin_inset Index idx
35733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35734 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35740 \begin_inset Newline newline
35743 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35747 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35755 and this Wiki-page:
35756 \begin_inset Newline newline
35760 \begin_inset Flex URL
35763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35765 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35773 \begin_layout Subsection
35777 \begin_layout Standard
35778 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35781 \begin_layout Description
35782 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
35783 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35789 \begin_layout Description
35790 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
35791 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35797 \begin_layout Description
35799 \begin_inset space ~
35802 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35803 \begin_inset space ~
35807 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35809 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35816 \begin_layout Description
35818 \begin_inset space ~
35821 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35822 \begin_inset space ~
35826 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35828 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35835 \begin_layout Description
35837 \begin_inset space ~
35840 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35841 \begin_inset space ~
35845 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35847 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35854 \begin_layout Description
35856 \begin_inset space ~
35859 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
35860 \begin_inset space ~
35864 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35866 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35873 \begin_layout Description
35875 \begin_inset space ~
35878 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
35879 \begin_inset space ~
35883 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35885 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35892 \begin_layout Description
35894 \begin_inset space ~
35897 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35898 \begin_inset space ~
35902 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35904 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35911 \begin_layout Description
35913 \begin_inset space ~
35916 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
35917 \begin_inset space ~
35921 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35923 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
35930 \begin_layout Description
35932 \begin_inset space ~
35935 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
35936 \begin_inset space ~
35940 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35942 reference "sub:Ligatures"
35949 \begin_layout Description
35951 \begin_inset space ~
35955 \begin_inset space ~
35958 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
35959 \begin_inset space ~
35963 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35965 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35972 \begin_layout Description
35974 \begin_inset space ~
35977 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
35978 text line to the page border, see section
35979 \begin_inset space ~
35983 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35985 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35992 \begin_layout Description
35994 \begin_inset space ~
35997 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
35998 \begin_inset space ~
36002 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36004 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36011 \begin_layout Description
36013 \begin_inset space ~
36016 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
36017 text page to the page border, described in section
36018 \begin_inset space ~
36022 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36024 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36031 \begin_layout Description
36033 \begin_inset space ~
36036 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
36037 \begin_inset space ~
36041 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36043 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36050 \begin_layout Description
36052 \begin_inset space ~
36056 \begin_inset space ~
36059 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
36060 \begin_inset space ~
36064 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36066 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36073 \begin_layout Subsection
36077 \begin_layout Standard
36078 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
36079 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
36081 \begin_inset space ~
36085 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36087 reference "sec:toc"
36092 The index list is described in section
36093 \begin_inset space ~
36097 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36099 reference "sec:Index"
36103 , the nomenclature in section
36104 \begin_inset space ~
36108 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36110 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36114 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
36115 \begin_inset space ~
36119 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36121 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
36128 \begin_layout Subsection
36132 \begin_layout Standard
36133 To insert floats, described in section
36134 \begin_inset space ~
36138 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36140 reference "sec:Floats"
36147 \begin_layout Subsection
36151 \begin_layout Standard
36152 To insert notes, described in section
36153 \begin_inset space ~
36157 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36159 reference "sec:Notes"
36166 \begin_layout Subsection
36170 \begin_layout Standard
36171 Inserts branch insets as described in section
36172 \begin_inset space ~
36176 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36178 reference "sec:Branches"
36185 \begin_layout Subsection
36189 \begin_layout Standard
36190 Inserts document class-specific insets.
36191 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
36193 An example is the document class
36194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36201 with three custom insets.
36204 Flex insets and InsetLayout
36210 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
36213 \begin_layout Subsection
36215 \begin_inset Index idx
36218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36227 \begin_layout Standard
36228 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
36229 files in your document.
36230 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
36241 \begin_layout Subsection
36243 \begin_inset Index idx
36246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36255 \begin_layout Standard
36256 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
36257 \begin_inset space ~
36261 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36263 reference "sec:Minipages"
36268 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
36279 \begin_layout Subsection
36283 \begin_layout Standard
36284 Inserts a citation as described in section
36285 \begin_inset space ~
36289 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36291 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36298 \begin_layout Subsection
36302 \begin_layout Standard
36303 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
36304 \begin_inset space ~
36308 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36310 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36317 \begin_layout Subsection
36321 \begin_layout Standard
36322 Inserts a label as described in section
36323 \begin_inset space ~
36327 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36329 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36336 \begin_layout Subsection
36338 \begin_inset Index idx
36341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36348 \begin_inset Index idx
36351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36352 Longtables ! Caption
36360 \begin_layout Standard
36361 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
36362 Floats are described in section
36363 \begin_inset space ~
36367 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36369 reference "sec:Floats"
36373 , captions in longtables are described in the section
36384 \begin_layout Subsection
36388 \begin_layout Standard
36389 Inserts an index entry as described in section
36390 \begin_inset space ~
36394 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36396 reference "sec:Index"
36403 \begin_layout Subsection
36407 \begin_layout Standard
36408 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
36409 \begin_inset space ~
36413 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36415 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36422 \begin_layout Subsection
36426 \begin_layout Standard
36428 Tables are described in section
36429 \begin_inset space ~
36433 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36435 reference "sec:Tables"
36442 \begin_layout Subsection
36446 \begin_layout Standard
36448 Graphics are described in section
36449 \begin_inset space ~
36453 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36455 reference "sec:Graphics"
36462 \begin_layout Subsection
36466 \begin_layout Standard
36467 Inserts an URL as described in section
36468 \begin_inset space ~
36472 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36474 reference "sub:URLs"
36481 \begin_layout Subsection
36485 \begin_layout Standard
36486 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
36487 \begin_inset space ~
36491 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36493 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
36500 \begin_layout Subsection
36504 \begin_layout Standard
36505 Inserts a footnote, see section
36506 \begin_inset space ~
36510 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36512 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36519 \begin_layout Subsection
36523 \begin_layout Standard
36524 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36525 \begin_inset space ~
36529 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36531 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36538 \begin_layout Subsection
36542 \begin_layout Standard
36543 Inserts a short title, see section
36544 \begin_inset space ~
36548 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36550 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36557 \begin_layout Subsection
36561 \begin_layout Standard
36562 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36563 \begin_inset space ~
36567 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36569 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36576 \begin_layout Subsection
36578 \begin_inset Index idx
36581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36590 \begin_layout Standard
36591 Inserts a program listings box.
36592 Program listings are explained in the chapter
36594 Program Code Listings
36603 \begin_layout Subsection
36607 \begin_layout Standard
36608 Inserts the actual date.
36609 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36611 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
36623 \begin_layout Section
36625 \begin_inset Index idx
36628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36637 \begin_layout Standard
36638 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36639 \begin_inset space ~
36642 of the current document.
36643 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36646 \begin_layout Subsection
36650 \begin_layout Standard
36651 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36652 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
36654 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36658 \begin_inset space \space{}
36662 \begin_inset space ~
36666 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36667 \begin_inset space ~
36670 2.5 and use the menu
36673 \begin_inset space ~
36677 \begin_inset space ~
36684 \begin_inset space ~
36690 \begin_inset space ~
36694 \begin_inset space ~
36700 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
36704 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
36710 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
36716 \begin_layout Standard
36717 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36718 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36721 \begin_layout Subsection
36722 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36725 \begin_layout Standard
36726 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36730 \begin_layout Subsection
36734 \begin_layout Standard
36735 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36736 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36737 on a cross-reference box.
36740 \begin_layout Section
36742 \begin_inset Index idx
36745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36754 \begin_layout Subsection
36758 \begin_layout Standard
36759 Change Tracking is described in section
36760 \begin_inset space ~
36764 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36766 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36773 \begin_layout Subsection
36778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36788 \begin_layout Standard
36789 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36791 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36794 \begin_layout Standard
36795 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36800 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36803 \begin_layout Subsection
36807 \begin_layout Standard
36808 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36809 \begin_inset space ~
36813 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36815 reference "sec:Navigating"
36820 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36822 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36829 \begin_layout Subsection
36830 Start Appendix Here
36833 \begin_layout Standard
36834 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36835 position as described in section
36836 \begin_inset space ~
36840 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36842 reference "sec:Appendices"
36849 \begin_layout Subsection
36853 \begin_layout Standard
36854 Un/compresses the current document.
36857 \begin_layout Subsection
36861 \begin_layout Standard
36862 The document settings are described in appendix
36863 \begin_inset space ~
36867 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36869 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
36876 \begin_layout Section
36878 \begin_inset Index idx
36881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36890 \begin_layout Subsection
36894 \begin_layout Standard
36895 Spell checking is explained in section
36896 \begin_inset space ~
36900 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36902 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36909 \begin_layout Subsection
36913 \begin_layout Standard
36914 The thesaurus is described in section
36915 \begin_inset space ~
36919 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36921 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36928 \begin_layout Subsection
36930 \begin_inset Index idx
36933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36940 \begin_inset Index idx
36943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36952 \begin_layout Standard
36953 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
36954 highlighted document part.
36957 \begin_layout Subsection
36959 \begin_inset Index idx
36962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36971 \begin_layout Standard
36972 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36975 \begin_layout Subsection
36977 \begin_inset Index idx
36980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36981 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
36985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36992 Reconfiguration of LyX
36996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37009 \begin_inset Index idx
37012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37013 Reconfiguration of LyX
37021 \begin_layout Standard
37022 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
37023 and needed programs it needs; see also section
37024 \begin_inset space ~
37028 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37030 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37037 \begin_layout Subsection
37041 \begin_layout Standard
37042 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
37043 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37047 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37049 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
37056 \begin_layout Section
37058 \begin_inset Index idx
37061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37070 \begin_layout Standard
37071 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
37075 \begin_layout Standard
37079 \begin_inset space ~
37084 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
37085 found by LyX (see also section
37086 \begin_inset space ~
37090 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37092 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
37099 \begin_layout Section
37101 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37103 name "sec:Toolbars"
37110 \begin_layout Standard
37111 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
37112 \begin_inset space ~
37116 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37118 reference "sub:Toolbars"
37125 \begin_layout Standard
37126 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
37127 This is described in the
37129 Additional Features
37134 \begin_layout Subsection
37136 \begin_inset Index idx
37139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37148 \begin_layout Standard
37149 \begin_inset Graphics
37150 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
37158 \begin_layout Standard
37159 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37165 \begin_layout Standard
37166 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37183 \begin_inset Note Note
37186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37187 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
37192 manual for more information.
37200 \begin_layout Standard
37201 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37207 \begin_layout Standard
37208 \begin_inset Tabular
37209 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
37210 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37211 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37212 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37218 \begin_inset Graphics
37219 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
37229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37233 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
37246 \begin_layout Standard
37247 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
37253 \begin_layout Standard
37255 \begin_inset Tabular
37256 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
37257 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37258 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37259 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37260 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37267 \begin_inset Graphics
37268 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
37269 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37284 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37291 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37296 \begin_inset Graphics
37297 filename ../images/file-open.png
37298 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37313 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37320 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37325 \begin_inset Graphics
37326 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
37327 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37342 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37349 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37354 \begin_inset Graphics
37355 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
37356 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
37365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37371 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37378 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37383 \begin_inset Graphics
37384 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37385 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37400 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37407 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37412 \begin_inset Graphics
37413 filename ../images/undo.png
37414 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37429 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37436 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37441 \begin_inset Graphics
37442 filename ../images/redo.png
37443 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37458 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37465 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37470 \begin_inset Graphics
37471 filename ../images/cut.png
37472 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37487 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37494 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37499 \begin_inset Graphics
37500 filename ../images/copy.png
37501 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37516 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37523 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37528 \begin_inset Graphics
37529 filename ../images/paste.png
37530 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37545 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37552 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37557 \begin_inset Graphics
37558 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37559 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37560 rotateOrigin center
37569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37575 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37577 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37581 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37590 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37595 \begin_inset Graphics
37596 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
37597 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37598 rotateOrigin center
37607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37613 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37614 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37621 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37626 \begin_inset Graphics
37627 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37628 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37641 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37643 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37645 \begin_inset space ~
37656 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37661 \begin_inset Graphics
37662 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37663 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37676 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37678 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37680 \begin_inset space ~
37691 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37696 \begin_inset Graphics
37697 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37698 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37711 Formats text using the current settings in the
37713 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37715 \begin_inset space ~
37726 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37731 \begin_inset Graphics
37732 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37733 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37748 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37749 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37751 \begin_inset space ~
37760 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37765 \begin_inset Graphics
37766 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37767 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37768 rotateOrigin center
37777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37783 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37790 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37795 \begin_inset Graphics
37796 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37797 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37798 rotateOrigin center
37807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37813 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37820 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37825 \begin_inset Graphics
37826 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37827 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37828 rotateOrigin center
37837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37841 Toggle outline window on/off,
37843 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37850 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37855 \begin_inset Graphics
37856 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37857 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37858 rotateOrigin center
37867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37871 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37877 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37882 \begin_inset Graphics
37883 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37884 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37885 rotateOrigin center
37894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37898 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37911 \begin_layout Subsection
37913 \begin_inset Index idx
37916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37925 \begin_layout Standard
37926 \begin_inset Graphics
37927 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37935 \begin_layout Standard
37936 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37942 \begin_layout Standard
37943 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37947 \begin_layout Standard
37948 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37954 \begin_layout Standard
37955 \begin_inset Tabular
37956 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
37957 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37958 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37959 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37960 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37965 \begin_inset Graphics
37966 filename ../images/layout.png
37967 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37968 rotateOrigin center
37977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37987 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37992 \begin_inset Graphics
37993 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
37994 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37995 rotateOrigin center
38004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38014 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38019 \begin_inset Graphics
38020 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
38021 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38022 rotateOrigin center
38031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38041 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38046 \begin_inset Graphics
38047 filename ../images/layout_List.png
38048 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38049 rotateOrigin center
38058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38068 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38073 \begin_inset Graphics
38074 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
38075 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38076 rotateOrigin center
38085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38095 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38100 \begin_inset Graphics
38101 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
38102 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38103 rotateOrigin center
38112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38118 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38120 \begin_inset space ~
38124 \begin_inset space ~
38133 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38138 \begin_inset Graphics
38139 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
38140 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38141 rotateOrigin center
38150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38156 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38158 \begin_inset space ~
38162 \begin_inset space ~
38171 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38176 \begin_inset Graphics
38177 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
38178 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38193 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38194 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38201 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38206 \begin_inset Graphics
38207 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
38208 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38223 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38224 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38231 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38236 \begin_inset Graphics
38237 filename ../images/label-insert.png
38238 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38253 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38260 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38265 \begin_inset Graphics
38266 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
38267 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38282 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38289 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38294 \begin_inset Graphics
38295 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
38296 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38311 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38318 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38323 \begin_inset Graphics
38324 filename ../images/index-insert.png
38325 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38340 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38342 \begin_inset space ~
38351 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38356 \begin_inset Graphics
38357 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
38358 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38373 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38375 \begin_inset space ~
38384 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38389 \begin_inset Graphics
38390 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
38391 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38406 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38413 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38418 \begin_inset Graphics
38419 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38420 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38421 rotateOrigin center
38430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38436 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38438 \begin_inset space ~
38447 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38452 \begin_inset Graphics
38453 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38454 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38469 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38470 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38472 \begin_inset space ~
38481 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38486 \begin_inset Graphics
38487 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38488 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38503 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38510 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38515 \begin_inset Graphics
38516 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38517 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38532 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38539 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38544 \begin_inset Graphics
38545 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38546 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38561 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38583 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38588 \begin_inset Graphics
38589 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
38590 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38605 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38606 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38613 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38618 \begin_inset Graphics
38619 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38620 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38635 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38636 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38638 \begin_inset space ~
38647 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38652 \begin_inset Graphics
38653 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38654 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38655 rotateOrigin center
38664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38670 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38672 \begin_inset space ~
38681 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38686 \begin_inset Graphics
38687 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38688 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38689 rotateOrigin center
38698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38704 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38706 \begin_inset space ~
38715 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38720 \begin_inset Graphics
38721 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38722 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38723 rotateOrigin center
38732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38738 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38752 \begin_layout Subsection
38753 View / Update Toolbar
38754 \begin_inset Index idx
38757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38758 Toolbar ! View / Update
38766 \begin_layout Standard
38767 \begin_inset Graphics
38768 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38775 \begin_layout Standard
38776 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38782 \begin_layout Standard
38783 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38787 \begin_layout Standard
38788 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38794 \begin_layout Standard
38795 \begin_inset Tabular
38796 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38797 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38798 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38799 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38800 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38805 \begin_inset Graphics
38806 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38807 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38808 rotateOrigin center
38817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38823 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38830 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38835 \begin_inset Graphics
38836 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38837 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38838 rotateOrigin center
38847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38853 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38854 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38861 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38866 \begin_inset Graphics
38867 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38868 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38869 rotateOrigin center
38878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38884 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38891 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38896 \begin_inset Graphics
38897 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38898 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38899 rotateOrigin center
38908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38914 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38915 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38922 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38927 \begin_inset Graphics
38928 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38929 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38930 rotateOrigin center
38939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38945 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38952 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38957 \begin_inset Graphics
38958 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38959 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38960 rotateOrigin center
38969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38975 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38976 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38990 \begin_layout Subsection
38994 \begin_layout Standard
38995 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
38996 \begin_inset space ~
39000 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39002 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39006 , the table toolbar
39007 \begin_inset Index idx
39010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39020 manual, the math macro toolbar
39021 \begin_inset Index idx
39024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39037 \begin_layout Chapter
39038 The Document Settings
39039 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39041 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
39046 \begin_inset Index idx
39049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39050 Document ! Settings
39058 \begin_layout Standard
39059 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
39060 whole document and is called with the menu
39062 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39066 You can save your document settings as default with th
39068 e Save as Document Defaults
39070 button in the dialog.
39071 This will create a template name
39079 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
39083 \begin_layout Standard
39084 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
39087 \begin_layout Section
39091 \begin_layout Standard
39092 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
39094 Document classes are described in section
39095 \begin_inset space ~
39099 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39101 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
39106 Some classes use some class options by default.
39107 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
39111 and you can decide to use them or not.
39112 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
39113 recommended not to touch them.
39114 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
39120 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
39121 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
39126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39127 When you want one of the following drivers
39128 \begin_inset Newline newline
39131 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
39132 \begin_inset Newline newline
39135 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
39136 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39140 \begin_inset CommandInset href
39142 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
39154 \begin_layout Standard
39155 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
39156 child or subdocument.
39157 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
39158 without its master.
39159 This way child documents are always compilable.
39160 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
39171 \begin_layout Section
39175 \begin_layout Standard
39176 Modules are explained in section
39177 \begin_inset space ~
39181 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39183 reference "sub:Modules"
39190 \begin_layout Section
39194 \begin_layout Standard
39195 The document font settings are described in section
39196 \begin_inset space ~
39200 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39202 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
39209 \begin_layout Section
39213 \begin_layout Standard
39214 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
39216 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
39220 \begin_layout Standard
39221 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
39222 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
39223 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
39226 \begin_layout Standard
39227 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
39235 \begin_layout Section
39239 \begin_layout Standard
39240 A description of this menu is given in section
39241 \begin_inset space ~
39245 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39247 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
39252 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39254 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
39261 \begin_layout Section
39265 \begin_layout Standard
39266 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
39267 \begin_inset space ~
39271 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39273 reference "sub:Margins"
39280 \begin_layout Section
39282 \begin_inset Index idx
39285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39286 Language ! Encoding
39294 \begin_layout Standard
39295 The document language and quote styles are set here.
39296 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
39297 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
39298 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
39299 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
39300 known for a particular character).
39304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39305 The known commands are defined in a text file.
39306 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
39311 manual for details.
39319 \begin_layout Standard
39320 If you use the option
39324 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
39325 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
39326 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
39327 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
39328 exactly one encoding.
39329 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
39337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39338 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
39339 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
39341 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39342 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39356 \begin_layout Standard
39357 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
39358 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
39359 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
39360 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
39361 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
39362 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
39367 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
39368 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
39369 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
39372 \begin_layout Standard
39373 Here is a list with the important encodings:
39376 \begin_layout Description
39378 \begin_inset space ~
39382 \begin_inset space ~
39386 \begin_inset space ~
39393 , but the LaTeX-package
39398 \begin_inset Index idx
39401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39402 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39408 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
39409 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
39410 languages in TeX code.
39413 \begin_layout Description
39414 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
39415 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
39416 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
39419 \begin_layout Description
39421 \begin_inset space ~
39425 \begin_inset space ~
39428 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
39431 \begin_layout Description
39433 \begin_inset space ~
39437 \begin_inset space ~
39440 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
39443 \begin_layout Description
39445 \begin_inset space ~
39448 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
39451 \begin_layout Description
39453 \begin_inset space ~
39457 \begin_inset space ~
39460 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
39461 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
39464 \begin_layout Description
39466 \begin_inset space ~
39470 \begin_inset space ~
39473 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
39477 \begin_layout Description
39479 \begin_inset space ~
39483 \begin_inset space ~
39486 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
39487 ISO-8859-13 encoding
39490 \begin_layout Description
39492 \begin_inset space ~
39496 \begin_inset space ~
39500 \begin_inset space ~
39503 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
39504 \begin_inset space ~
39510 \begin_layout Description
39512 \begin_inset space ~
39516 \begin_inset space ~
39520 \begin_inset space ~
39523 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
39524 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
39527 \begin_layout Description
39529 \begin_inset space ~
39533 \begin_inset space ~
39536 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
39537 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
39538 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39539 \begin_inset space ~
39543 \begin_inset space ~
39549 \begin_layout Description
39551 \begin_inset space ~
39555 \begin_inset space ~
39558 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
39559 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
39560 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
39561 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39562 \begin_inset space ~
39566 \begin_inset space ~
39572 \begin_layout Description
39574 \begin_inset space ~
39578 \begin_inset space ~
39581 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
39584 \begin_layout Description
39586 \begin_inset space ~
39590 \begin_inset space ~
39593 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
39596 \begin_layout Description
39598 \begin_inset space ~
39602 \begin_inset space ~
39605 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
39608 \begin_layout Description
39610 \begin_inset space ~
39613 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
39616 \begin_layout Description
39618 \begin_inset space ~
39621 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
39624 \begin_layout Description
39626 \begin_inset space ~
39630 \begin_inset space ~
39633 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
39636 \begin_layout Description
39638 \begin_inset space ~
39642 \begin_inset space ~
39648 \begin_layout Description
39650 \begin_inset space ~
39654 \begin_inset space ~
39657 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
39660 \begin_layout Description
39662 \begin_inset space ~
39666 \begin_inset space ~
39672 \begin_layout Description
39674 \begin_inset space ~
39678 \begin_inset space ~
39681 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39686 \begin_inset Index idx
39689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39690 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39695 , when using this, set the document language to
39700 \begin_layout Description
39702 \begin_inset space ~
39706 \begin_inset space ~
39709 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39713 , when using this, set the document language to
39718 \begin_layout Description
39720 \begin_inset space ~
39724 \begin_inset space ~
39727 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39732 \begin_inset Index idx
39735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39736 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
39741 , when using this, set the document language to
39746 \begin_layout Description
39748 \begin_inset space ~
39752 \begin_inset space ~
39755 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39759 , when using this, set the document language to
39764 \begin_layout Description
39766 \begin_inset space ~
39770 \begin_inset space ~
39773 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39777 , when using this, set the document language to
39782 \begin_layout Description
39784 \begin_inset space ~
39787 (EUC-KR) for Korean
39790 \begin_layout Description
39792 \begin_inset space ~
39796 \begin_inset space ~
39800 \begin_inset space ~
39803 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
39806 \begin_layout Description
39808 \begin_inset space ~
39812 \begin_inset space ~
39816 \begin_inset space ~
39819 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
39820 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
39821 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
39824 \begin_layout Description
39826 \begin_inset space ~
39830 \begin_inset space ~
39836 \begin_layout Description
39838 \begin_inset space ~
39842 \begin_inset space ~
39845 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
39846 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
39849 \begin_layout Description
39851 \begin_inset space ~
39855 \begin_inset space ~
39858 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
39863 \begin_inset Index idx
39866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39867 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39872 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
39875 \begin_layout Description
39877 \begin_inset space ~
39881 \begin_inset space ~
39884 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
39888 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
39896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39897 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39898 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39912 \begin_layout Description
39914 \begin_inset space ~
39918 \begin_inset space ~
39921 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
39926 \begin_inset Index idx
39929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39930 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
39935 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
39938 \begin_layout Description
39940 \begin_inset space ~
39943 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
39948 \begin_inset Index idx
39951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39952 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39958 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
39962 \begin_layout Description
39964 \begin_inset space ~
39968 \begin_inset space ~
39972 \begin_inset space ~
39975 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
39976 \begin_inset space ~
39982 \begin_layout Description
39984 \begin_inset space ~
39988 \begin_inset space ~
39992 \begin_inset space ~
39995 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
39996 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
39997 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
40001 \begin_layout Description
40003 \begin_inset space ~
40007 \begin_inset space ~
40011 \begin_inset space ~
40014 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
40015 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
40018 \begin_layout Section
40022 \begin_layout Standard
40023 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
40024 depth in the table of contents as described in section
40025 \begin_inset space ~
40029 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40031 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
40038 \begin_layout Section
40042 \begin_layout Standard
40043 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
40048 \begin_inset Index idx
40051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40052 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
40062 \begin_inset Index idx
40065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40066 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
40071 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
40076 \begin_inset Index idx
40079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40080 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
40085 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
40087 For a further description see section
40088 \begin_inset space ~
40092 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40094 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40101 \begin_layout Section
40105 \begin_layout Standard
40106 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
40107 and you can define additional indexes.
40108 Please refer to section
40109 \begin_inset space ~
40113 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40115 reference "sec:Index"
40122 \begin_layout Section
40126 \begin_layout Standard
40127 The PDF properties are explained in section
40128 \begin_inset space ~
40132 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40134 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
40141 \begin_layout Section
40145 \begin_layout Standard
40146 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
40151 \begin_inset Index idx
40154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40155 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
40165 \begin_inset Index idx
40168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40169 LaTeX-packages ! esint
40174 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
40177 \begin_layout Standard
40182 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
40183 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
40186 \begin_layout Standard
40191 is used for special integral characters.
40194 \begin_layout Section
40198 \begin_layout Standard
40199 The float placement options are described in section
40200 \begin_inset space ~
40204 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40206 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
40213 \begin_layout Section
40217 \begin_layout Standard
40218 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
40219 The itemize environment is described in section
40220 \begin_inset space ~
40224 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40226 reference "sec:Itemize"
40233 \begin_layout Section
40237 \begin_layout Standard
40238 Branches are described in section
40239 \begin_inset space ~
40243 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40245 reference "sec:Branches"
40252 \begin_layout Section
40257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40267 \begin_layout Standard
40268 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
40269 to define LaTeX-commands.
40270 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
40271 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
40275 \begin_layout Standard
40276 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
40277 \begin_inset space ~
40281 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40283 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
40290 \begin_layout Chapter
40296 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40298 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
40303 \begin_inset Index idx
40306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40315 \begin_layout Standard
40316 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
40318 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40322 It has the following submenus.
40325 \begin_layout Section
40329 \begin_layout Subsection
40333 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40334 User Interface File
40335 \begin_inset Index idx
40338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40339 Customization ! of toolbars
40345 \begin_inset Index idx
40348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40349 Customization ! of menus
40357 \begin_layout Standard
40358 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40366 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
40375 \begin_layout Standard
40376 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
40377 interface (ui) file.
40378 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
40379 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
40388 Both files are loaded by the
40393 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
40394 files and edit the entries.
40397 \begin_layout Standard
40398 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
40410 entries must be ended with an explicit
40435 and in the case of the
40436 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40440 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40448 The syntax for the entries is:
40451 \begin_layout Standard
40452 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40480 \begin_layout Standard
40482 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40485 All LyX-functions are listed in
40486 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40495 \begin_layout Standard
40496 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40502 \begin_layout Standard
40503 An example: Assuming you use the menu
40505 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40508 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
40512 \begin_layout Standard
40513 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40523 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40527 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40531 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40537 \begin_layout Standard
40539 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40542 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
40545 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40549 \begin_layout Standard
40552 Enable tool tips in main work area
40554 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
40558 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40562 \begin_layout Standard
40566 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40570 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40573 restoring of window layout and geometries
40575 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
40576 in the last LyX session.
40579 \begin_layout Standard
40582 Restore cursor positions
40584 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
40588 \begin_layout Standard
40591 Load opened files from last session
40593 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
40596 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40598 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40600 name "sub:Backup documents"
40605 \begin_inset Index idx
40608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40617 \begin_layout Standard
40622 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
40625 \begin_layout Standard
40630 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
40633 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40635 \begin_inset space ~
40643 \begin_layout Standard
40646 Open documents in tabs
40648 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
40652 \begin_layout Subsection
40654 \begin_inset Index idx
40657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40664 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40666 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
40673 \begin_layout Standard
40674 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
40677 \begin_layout Standard
40678 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40686 This section only deals with the fonts
40691 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
40694 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40695 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40706 \begin_layout Standard
40707 By default, LyX uses
40711 as roman (serif) font,
40719 (depends on the system) as
40722 \begin_inset space ~
40738 \begin_layout Standard
40739 You can change the font size with the
40744 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
40745 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
40748 \begin_layout Standard
40753 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
40754 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
40756 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40759 points have the size of 1
40760 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40764 \begin_inset space ~
40768 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40770 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
40777 \begin_layout Standard
40782 are the same as if a document font size of 10
40783 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40787 The sizes are explained in detail in section
40788 \begin_inset space ~
40792 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40794 reference "sub:Document-Font"
40801 \begin_layout Standard
40804 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
40806 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
40807 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
40808 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
40809 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
40811 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
40812 \begin_inset space ~
40818 \begin_layout Subsection
40820 \begin_inset Index idx
40823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40830 \begin_inset Index idx
40833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40842 \begin_layout Standard
40843 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
40844 Choose an item in the list and use the
40851 \begin_layout Subsection
40853 \begin_inset Index idx
40856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40865 \begin_layout Standard
40866 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
40869 \begin_layout Standard
40874 enables previewing snippets of your document.
40875 This feature is described in section
40876 \begin_inset space ~
40880 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40882 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40889 \begin_layout Standard
40893 \begin_inset space ~
40897 \begin_inset space ~
40901 \begin_inset space ~
40906 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
40909 \begin_layout Section
40911 \begin_inset Index idx
40914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40923 \begin_layout Subsection
40927 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40931 \begin_layout Standard
40934 Cursor follows scrollbar
40936 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
40940 \begin_layout Standard
40943 Sort environments alphabetically
40945 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40948 \begin_layout Standard
40951 Group environments by their category
40953 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40956 \begin_layout Standard
40957 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
40969 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40973 \begin_layout Standard
40974 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
40979 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
40980 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
40984 \begin_layout Subsection
40986 \begin_inset Index idx
40989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40996 \begin_inset Index idx
40999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41000 Settings ! Shortcuts
41008 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41012 \begin_layout Standard
41013 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
41014 Several binding files are available:
41017 \begin_layout Description
41018 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
41021 \begin_layout Description
41022 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
41033 \begin_layout Description
41034 mac.bind set of bindings for
41037 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41045 \begin_layout Standard
41046 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
41050 , and bind files for special languages.
41051 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
41052 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41056 \begin_inset space \space{}
41060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41068 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
41072 \begin_layout Standard
41073 Some bind-files, like
41077 , have only a small scope.
41078 When looking at the the end of the file
41082 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
41085 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41087 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41089 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
41094 \begin_inset Index idx
41097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41098 Key Bindings ! Editing
41106 \begin_layout Standard
41107 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
41108 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
41109 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
41112 Show key-bindings containing
41115 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
41116 Insert there for example as keyword
41117 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41121 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41124 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
41126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41130 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41134 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
41135 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
41139 that you will find in the
41146 \begin_layout Standard
41148 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41152 \begin_inset space \space{}
41163 , select the function and press the
41168 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
41169 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
41170 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
41171 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
41172 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
41174 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
41176 The binding for the function
41180 is an example of this.
41183 \begin_layout Standard
41184 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
41186 The syntax of the entries is:
41189 \begin_layout Standard
41195 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41199 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41203 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41207 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41213 \begin_layout Subsection
41215 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41219 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41223 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41225 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
41230 \begin_inset Index idx
41233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41240 \begin_inset Index idx
41243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41244 Settings ! Keyboard Map
41252 \begin_layout Standard
41253 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
41254 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
41256 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41260 \begin_inset space \space{}
41263 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
41264 can use the keyboard map file named
41271 \begin_layout Standard
41272 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41280 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
41288 \begin_layout Standard
41289 Besides this, you can specify here the
41291 Wheel scrolling speed
41294 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
41298 \begin_layout Subsection
41300 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41302 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
41307 \begin_inset Index idx
41310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41319 \begin_layout Standard
41320 Input completion is described in sec.
41321 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41325 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41327 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
41332 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
41334 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
41335 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
41339 \begin_layout Section
41341 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41348 \begin_inset Index idx
41351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41358 \begin_inset Index idx
41361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41370 \begin_layout Description
41372 \begin_inset space ~
41375 directory This is LyX's working directory.
41376 It is the default when you
41387 \begin_inset space ~
41395 \begin_layout Description
41397 \begin_inset space ~
41400 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
41402 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41404 \begin_inset space ~
41408 \begin_inset space ~
41416 \begin_layout Description
41418 \begin_inset space ~
41421 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
41427 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41431 \begin_inset Newline newline
41435 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41447 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
41455 \begin_layout Description
41457 \begin_inset space ~
41461 \begin_inset Index idx
41464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41470 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
41471 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
41472 \begin_inset space ~
41476 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41478 reference "sub:Backup documents"
41486 will be used to save the backups.
41487 \begin_inset Newline newline
41490 The backup files have the ending
41491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41495 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41501 \begin_layout Description
41506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41513 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
41514 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
41515 \begin_inset Newline newline
41519 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41527 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
41535 \begin_layout Description
41537 \begin_inset space ~
41540 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
41543 \begin_layout Description
41545 \begin_inset space ~
41548 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
41549 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
41550 to find it on the system.
41551 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
41552 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
41554 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41558 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41561 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
41562 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
41566 \begin_layout Section
41570 \begin_layout Standard
41571 Here you can insert your name and email address.
41572 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
41574 \begin_inset space ~
41578 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41580 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
41584 , to mark changes you make as yours.
41587 \begin_layout Section
41589 \begin_inset Index idx
41592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41593 Language ! Settings
41599 \begin_inset Index idx
41602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41603 Settings ! Language
41611 \begin_layout Subsection
41615 \begin_layout Description
41617 \begin_inset space ~
41621 \begin_inset space ~
41624 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
41625 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
41626 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
41627 You find the actual translation status here:
41628 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41630 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41631 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41638 \begin_layout Description
41640 \begin_inset space ~
41643 language is the language used in new documents
41646 \begin_layout Description
41648 \begin_inset space ~
41651 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
41653 The default is the LaTeX-command
41659 that loads the package
41667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41668 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
41669 \begin_inset space ~
41673 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41675 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
41685 \begin_inset Newline newline
41692 automatically translates in the background the text labels of documents
41693 to the document language.
41694 A text label is, for instance, the word
41695 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41699 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41702 at the beginning of every table caption.
41705 \begin_layout Description
41707 \begin_inset space ~
41710 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
41711 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
41712 An example is the start command
41718 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
41723 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41738 selectlanguage{$$lang}
41743 \begin_layout Description
41745 \begin_inset space ~
41753 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
41754 command toggles the package on and off.
41757 \begin_layout Description
41759 \begin_inset space ~
41769 \begin_layout Description
41770 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
41771 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
41772 used by all LaTeX-packages.
41773 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
41780 \begin_layout Description
41782 \begin_inset space ~
41785 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
41787 When this option is not set, the
41790 \begin_inset space ~
41795 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
41796 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
41799 \begin_inset space ~
41807 \begin_layout Description
41809 \begin_inset space ~
41815 \begin_inset space ~
41821 When it is not set, the
41824 \begin_inset space ~
41829 is set to the end of the document.
41832 \begin_layout Description
41834 \begin_inset space ~
41838 \begin_inset space ~
41841 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
41842 language will be underlined blue.
41845 \begin_layout Description
41847 \begin_inset space ~
41851 \begin_inset space ~
41854 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
41855 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
41858 \begin_layout Description
41860 \begin_inset space ~
41863 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
41864 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
41865 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
41866 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
41869 \begin_layout Subsection
41873 \begin_layout Standard
41874 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
41875 \begin_inset space ~
41879 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41881 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
41888 \begin_layout Section
41892 \begin_layout Subsection
41894 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41901 \begin_inset Index idx
41904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41911 \begin_inset Index idx
41914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41923 \begin_layout Description
41925 \begin_inset space ~
41928 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
41929 The name will be used when the
41934 \begin_inset Newline newline
41938 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41946 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
41954 \begin_layout Description
41956 \begin_inset space ~
41960 \begin_inset space ~
41964 \begin_inset space ~
41967 printer This option works only for the
41972 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41980 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41984 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
41985 This is an option only for dvips experts.
41988 \begin_layout Description
41990 \begin_inset space ~
41993 command is the command LyX
41994 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41998 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42001 LaTeX uses for printing.
42002 The default is on most systems
42009 \begin_layout Description
42011 \begin_inset space ~
42015 \begin_inset space ~
42018 Options Here you can specify printer options.
42019 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
42020 of the program that provides the
42027 \begin_layout Subsection
42029 \begin_inset Index idx
42032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42039 \begin_inset Index idx
42042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42043 Settings ! Date format
42051 \begin_layout Standard
42052 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
42053 \begin_inset Newline newline
42057 \begin_inset Flex URL
42060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42062 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
42068 \begin_inset Newline newline
42071 For example the format
42072 \begin_inset Newline newline
42076 \begin_inset Newline newline
42079 prints the date as day/month/year.
42082 \begin_layout Subsection
42086 \begin_layout Description
42088 \begin_inset space ~
42092 \begin_inset space ~
42095 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
42098 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42099 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42101 \begin_inset space ~
42107 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
42111 \begin_layout Description
42113 \begin_inset space ~
42116 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
42121 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
42122 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
42125 \begin_layout Subsection
42130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42138 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42140 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
42145 \begin_inset Index idx
42148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42157 \begin_layout Description
42162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42170 \begin_inset space ~
42173 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
42178 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
42200 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
42201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42213 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
42214 LyX sets up in the background.
42215 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
42218 \begin_layout Description
42220 \begin_inset space ~
42224 \begin_inset space ~
42227 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
42232 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
42235 \begin_layout Standard
42236 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
42237 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
42238 manuals of the applications.
42239 Currently the following commands can be set:
42242 \begin_layout Description
42247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42255 \begin_inset space ~
42258 command Command for the program
42262 that is described in the section
42268 Additional Features
42273 \begin_layout Description
42278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42286 \begin_inset space ~
42289 command Command for the program
42293 that generates the bibliography, see section
42294 \begin_inset space ~
42298 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42300 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
42307 \begin_layout Description
42309 \begin_inset space ~
42312 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
42313 \begin_inset space ~
42317 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42319 reference "sub:Index-Program"
42326 \begin_layout Description
42328 \begin_inset space ~
42331 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
42332 \begin_inset space ~
42336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42338 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
42345 \begin_layout Description
42347 \begin_inset space ~
42351 \begin_inset space ~
42355 \begin_inset space ~
42359 \begin_inset space ~
42362 options They only have an effect when the program
42366 is used as DVI-viewer.
42369 \begin_layout Standard
42370 There are additionally the following options:
42373 \begin_layout Description
42375 \begin_inset space ~
42379 \begin_inset space ~
42383 \begin_inset space ~
42387 \begin_inset space ~
42391 \begin_inset space ~
42394 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
42395 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42412 to separate folders.
42413 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
42414 \begin_inset Index idx
42417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42424 \begin_inset Index idx
42427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42436 \begin_layout Description
42438 \begin_inset space ~
42442 \begin_inset space ~
42446 \begin_inset space ~
42450 \begin_inset space ~
42454 \begin_inset space ~
42458 \begin_inset space ~
42461 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
42463 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42466 dialog when changing the document class.
42469 \begin_layout Section
42471 \begin_inset space ~
42475 \begin_inset Index idx
42478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42487 \begin_layout Subsection
42489 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42491 name "sub:Converters"
42496 \begin_inset Index idx
42499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42508 \begin_layout Standard
42509 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
42510 from one format to another.
42511 You can modify them or create new ones.
42512 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
42519 \begin_inset space ~
42529 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
42533 \begin_inset space ~
42538 drop-down list, modify the
42542 field, and press the
42549 \begin_layout Standard
42552 Converter File Cache
42554 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
42557 Maximum Age (in days
42560 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
42561 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
42564 \begin_layout Standard
42565 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
42566 the converter definition, is described in the section
42577 \begin_layout Subsection
42579 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42581 name "sec:File-Formats"
42586 \begin_inset Index idx
42589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42596 \begin_inset Index idx
42599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42608 \begin_layout Standard
42609 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
42610 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
42614 \begin_layout Standard
42615 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
42616 is described in the section
42627 \begin_layout Standard
42628 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
42629 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
42630 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
42631 This is done by specifying a
42636 More about this is described in the section
42647 \begin_layout Chapter
42648 Units available in LyX
42649 \begin_inset Index idx
42652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42659 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42661 name "cha:Units-available-in"
42668 \begin_layout Standard
42669 To understand the units described in this documentation,
42670 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42672 reference "cap:Units"
42676 explains all units available in LyX.
42679 \begin_layout Standard
42680 \begin_inset Float table
42686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42687 \begin_inset Caption
42689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42690 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42705 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
42711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42713 \begin_inset Tabular
42714 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
42715 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
42716 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42717 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42813 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42817 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42841 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42845 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42868 scaled point (65536
42869 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42873 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42897 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42901 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42925 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42929 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
42933 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42957 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42961 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42984 % of original image width
42991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43173 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43177 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43198 \begin_layout Chapter
43200 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43209 \begin_layout Standard
43210 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
43211 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
43214 \begin_layout Itemize
43217 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
43220 \begin_layout Itemize
43226 \begin_layout Itemize
43232 \begin_layout Itemize
43238 \begin_layout Itemize
43244 \begin_layout Itemize
43250 \begin_layout Itemize
43256 \begin_layout Itemize
43262 \begin_layout Itemize
43265 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
43268 \begin_layout Itemize
43274 \begin_layout Itemize
43280 \begin_layout Itemize
43286 \begin_layout Itemize
43292 \begin_layout Itemize
43298 \begin_layout Itemize
43304 \begin_layout Itemize
43310 \begin_layout Itemize
43316 \begin_layout Itemize
43318 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
43327 \begin_layout Standard
43328 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43331 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
43338 \begin_layout Bibliography
43339 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43340 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43341 LatexCommand bibitem
43348 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43351 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
43356 \begin_inset Newline newline
43360 \begin_inset Flex URL
43363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43365 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
43373 \begin_layout Bibliography
43374 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43375 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43376 LatexCommand bibitem
43377 key "latexcompanion"
43381 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
43383 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
43386 Addison-Wesley, 2004
43389 \begin_layout Bibliography
43390 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43391 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43392 LatexCommand bibitem
43397 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
43400 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
43403 Addison-Wesley, 2003
43406 \begin_layout Bibliography
43407 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43408 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43409 LatexCommand bibitem
43416 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
43419 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
43422 \begin_layout Bibliography
43423 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43424 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43425 LatexCommand bibitem
43437 Addison-Wesley, 1984
43440 \begin_layout Bibliography
43441 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43442 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43443 LatexCommand bibitem
43449 \begin_inset Newline newline
43453 \begin_inset Flex URL
43456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43458 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
43466 \begin_layout Bibliography
43467 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43468 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43469 LatexCommand bibitem
43475 \begin_inset Newline newline
43479 \begin_inset Flex URL
43482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43484 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
43492 \begin_layout Bibliography
43493 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43494 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43495 LatexCommand bibitem
43501 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43503 name "Documentation"
43504 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
43513 \begin_inset Newline newline
43517 \begin_inset Flex URL
43520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43522 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
43530 \begin_layout Bibliography
43531 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43532 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43533 LatexCommand bibitem
43539 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43541 name "Documentation"
43542 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
43546 how to use the program
43551 \begin_inset Newline newline
43555 \begin_inset Flex URL
43558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43560 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
43568 \begin_layout Bibliography
43569 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43570 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43571 LatexCommand bibitem
43577 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43579 name "Documentation"
43580 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
43589 \begin_inset Newline newline
43593 \begin_inset Flex URL
43596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43598 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
43606 \begin_layout Bibliography
43607 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43608 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43609 LatexCommand bibitem
43615 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43617 name "Documentation"
43618 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
43627 \begin_inset Newline newline
43631 \begin_inset Flex URL
43634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43636 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
43644 \begin_layout Bibliography
43645 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43646 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43647 LatexCommand bibitem
43653 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43655 name "Documentation"
43656 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
43660 of the LaTeX-package
43665 \begin_inset Index idx
43668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43669 LaTeX-packages ! caption
43675 \begin_inset Newline newline
43679 \begin_inset Flex URL
43682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43684 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
43692 \begin_layout Bibliography
43693 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43694 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43695 LatexCommand bibitem
43701 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43703 name "Documentation"
43704 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
43708 of the LaTeX-package
43713 \begin_inset Index idx
43716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43717 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
43723 \begin_inset Newline newline
43727 \begin_inset Flex URL
43730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43732 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
43740 \begin_layout Bibliography
43741 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43742 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43743 LatexCommand bibitem
43751 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43753 name "Documentation"
43754 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
43760 of the LaTeX-package
43765 \begin_inset Index idx
43768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43769 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
43775 \begin_inset Newline newline
43779 \begin_inset Flex URL
43782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43784 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
43792 \begin_layout Bibliography
43793 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43794 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43795 LatexCommand bibitem
43801 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43803 name "Documentation"
43804 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
43808 of the LaTeX-package
43813 \begin_inset Index idx
43816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43817 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
43823 \begin_inset Newline newline
43827 \begin_inset Flex URL
43830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43832 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
43840 \begin_layout Bibliography
43841 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43842 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43843 LatexCommand bibitem
43849 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43851 name "Documentation"
43852 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
43856 of the LaTeX-package
43861 \begin_inset Index idx
43864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43865 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
43871 \begin_inset Newline newline
43875 \begin_inset Flex URL
43878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43880 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
43888 \begin_layout Bibliography
43889 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43890 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43891 LatexCommand bibitem
43897 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43899 name "Documentation"
43900 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
43904 of the LaTeX-package
43909 \begin_inset Index idx
43912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43913 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
43919 \begin_inset Newline newline
43923 \begin_inset Flex URL
43926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43928 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
43936 \begin_layout Bibliography
43937 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43938 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43939 LatexCommand bibitem
43945 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43948 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
43952 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
43953 \begin_inset Newline newline
43957 \begin_inset Flex URL
43960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43962 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
43970 \begin_layout Bibliography
43971 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43972 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43973 LatexCommand bibitem
43979 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43982 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
43986 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
43987 \begin_inset Newline newline
43991 \begin_inset Flex URL
43994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43996 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
44004 \begin_layout Bibliography
44005 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44006 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44007 LatexCommand bibitem
44013 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44016 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
44020 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
44021 \begin_inset Newline newline
44025 \begin_inset Flex URL
44028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44030 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
44038 \begin_layout Bibliography
44039 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44040 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44041 LatexCommand bibitem
44047 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44050 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
44054 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
44055 \begin_inset Newline newline
44059 \begin_inset Flex URL
44062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44064 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
44072 \begin_layout Bibliography
44073 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44074 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44075 LatexCommand bibitem
44081 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44084 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
44088 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
44089 \begin_inset Newline newline
44093 \begin_inset Flex URL
44096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44098 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
44106 \begin_layout Bibliography
44107 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44108 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44109 LatexCommand bibitem
44115 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44118 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
44122 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
44123 \begin_inset Newline newline
44127 \begin_inset Flex URL
44130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44132 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
44140 \begin_layout Bibliography
44141 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44142 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44143 LatexCommand bibitem
44149 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44152 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
44156 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
44157 \begin_inset Newline newline
44161 \begin_inset Flex URL
44164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44166 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
44174 \begin_layout Bibliography
44175 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44176 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44177 LatexCommand bibitem
44183 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44186 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
44190 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
44191 \begin_inset Newline newline
44195 \begin_inset Flex URL
44198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44200 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
44208 \begin_layout Bibliography
44209 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44210 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44211 LatexCommand bibitem
44217 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44220 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
44224 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
44225 \begin_inset Newline newline
44229 \begin_inset Flex URL
44232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44234 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
44242 \begin_layout Bibliography
44243 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44244 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44245 LatexCommand bibitem
44251 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44254 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
44258 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
44259 \begin_inset Newline newline
44263 \begin_inset Flex URL
44266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44268 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
44276 \begin_layout Bibliography
44277 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44278 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44279 LatexCommand bibitem
44285 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44288 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
44292 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
44293 \begin_inset Newline newline
44297 \begin_inset Flex URL
44300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44302 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
44310 \begin_layout Bibliography
44311 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44312 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44313 LatexCommand bibitem
44319 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44322 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
44326 about new features in
44331 \begin_inset Newline newline
44335 \begin_inset Flex URL
44338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44340 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
44348 \begin_layout Standard
44349 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
44356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44383 \begin_inset Note Note
44386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44393 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
44394 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
44395 bibliography is the second one:
44403 \begin_layout Standard
44404 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
44405 LatexCommand bibtex
44406 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
44407 options "biblio/alphadin"
44414 \begin_layout Standard
44415 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
44418 \begin_layout Standard
44421 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
44422 LatexCommand printnomenclature
44428 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
44429 LatexCommand printindex